> My Little Pirate. > by Regis Stella > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- > Chapter 1 A New Beginning Part 1. > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Don't cry because it's over. smile because it happened. The first time I heard that quote was when I watched Dr Wolf's video on the ending of Friendship is Magic. I don't know what video it was, but it was that quote that made me overcome the inevitable end of the show that I have come to love. When I finally watched the last episode ironically called 'The Last Problem', I knew myself, and many Bronies out there will say that there will never be something like this again. The next day, I was on my way to work at the local supermarket where the most important thing happened to me; I died in a bus crash by an idiot truck driver, who thinks he knows all the rules. When I finally awake from sleeping for some strange reason, I soon released I was not in my world anymore, but instead, to my liking, Equestria home of Ponykind of all shapes, sizes and colours. More precisely, the Canterlot Royal Library where I was on a couch was still a human and dressed in what looks to be a Pirate Captain's outfit. I wore a white dress shirt with a dark blue vest, a pair of pants with red on the waist and the private area and the leg part of the pants were coloured red, a couple of pirate boots with armour plating on the feet and the shins of the shoes, a dark red greatcoat with black buttons, and a black tricorne with a white feather coming out of the hat, the feather seems to end behind the back of my head. I soon look at the table where I assume my weapons are. Eight Flintlock Pistols, all made out of black iron and sliver, and a Scottish Basket-hilt Sword, all of which are human-sized. I was about to pick one of the weapons when a blast of magic came right past my hand. "You better not, Pirate!" A voice came from my right; it sounded aggressive. And there she was, the future Princess of Friendship and Equestria, Twilight Sparkle. But this Twilight was a Unicorn, not an Alicorn. She was looking at me with determination to defend against me for just looking like a Pirate Captain and an unknown creature. "Who are you, what are you, and what do you want, Pirate?!" Twilight said in an angry voice. I soon raised my hands in defence, "I am no threat to you or Equestria," I said in a calm voice. "And I'm no Pirate despite looking like one," I added. "And why should I believe you?" Twilight countered. "A real Pirate would have either grabbed a Pistol or a sword and would have killed you by now. Or run away from this place. Of which I am not going to do both," I countered back calmly. Twilight then looked a little shocked at what I said. Spike stood behind her, a little scared of me and what I said to Twilight. "So why and how are you here anyway," Spike said that quickly got a glare from Twilight. "To be honest, I have no idea," I said, then sadly added, "other than the fact I died just to get here." "Wait," Twilight said with confusion in her voice ", You died, but how? you look alive to me?" "I..." I was just about to answer that when Spike burped a letter from his mouth and began to read it aloud. “Why now of all times?!” Twilight said, clearly hoping that the letter comes later and not while she’s ‘interrogating’ me. Spike was going to read the letter, but Twilight told him no. “Now now, Miss,” I said, try to calm her down, “Let him read the letter,” Spike cleared his throat and continued, “My dearest, most faithful student, Twilight, you know I value your diligence and that I trust you completely... But you simply must stop reading those dusty old books!” Twilight gasped at what Spike had just read aloud, clearly surprised at what her teacher just wrote to her. "Well, sounds like your teacher wants you to stop reading whatever you were reading," I said to Twilight. "I also want to meet this 'Pirate' that you were talking about. The Royal Guard will be coming to you as I'm writing this letter." Spike continued. As Spike finished the letter, for now, four royal guards appeared at the doorway of the library, all of whom wore golden armour and wielded iron spears in their hoofs. The guards all had identical armour, mane and coat colours. "I take you're the royal guards going to escort me to your Princess?" I said with a knowing tone in my voice. "Yes, we are, sir." one of the guards said in a gruff voice. "If you will, please follow us, sir." "I'm going to leave my weapons here with what's your name, miss?" I asked Twilight, pretending like I didn't know her at all. "Twilight Sparkle," Twilight said hesitantly, "And I'm Spike," Spike said happily, earning another glare from Twilight. "This way, sir," the leading guard said. As we left the library and headed for the castle, ponies noticed me and began to slowly back away from the guards and me as we headed for Princess Celestia in the castle. But then we headed for the castle gardens, through a gate, and then the guards stopped at the garden's opening that I had never seen before. But there she was, beautiful as always, Princess Celestia sitting on a picnic blanket with some food laying on it with a pot of tea and teacups. "Hello there, good sir," Celestia said in a cheerful voice, "It's so wonderful to see you, at last. I hope the guards didn't give you much trouble." "It's good to see you too, Princess," I said with a bow of my head. "And no, the guards didn't give me trouble. but I think I may have scared your Ponies on the way here," Celestia sighed, "As I feared. My Little Ponies are not as welcoming as they were in your version of this world. My Little Brony," My eyes went wide as she said those last three words with a smug look on her face. I lost my balance and went face-first on the grass. "How do you know me? you never meet me, that I'm aware of." I said after recovering from that fall. "I know things that you know, like how you and others sometimes call me Trollestia," Celestia said with amusement on her face. "But I did do a huge favour for you," "Wait, you save me from that crash?" I asked, to which Celestia nodded. "But that doesn't explain why I am dressed like a Pirate?" "Perhaps that's what you wanted to be for a long time? besides being a pony." Celestia said, gesturing me to the picnic blanket to which I sat down on one end of the quilt from Celestia. "And don't worry about your family, their all right, as long as your all right, that is." "Yeah, I'm going to miss them, but they were jerks to me anyway," I said with truth and sadness in my voice. "My life back home, when I was younger, was not the best," "No need to speak more of your past, Mister," Celestia said with a sad look on her face, "I already have seen your history, and let me say, I am so sorry for not intervening sooner to save your life from the cruelty of your fellow humans," "It's alright, Princess," I said to reassure her, "It's all in the past," Celestia smiled. "I was hoping to save you from your family, but, against my judgement, I know you would have freaked out from seeing Equestria and me if I had brought you here as a foal." "But that's not the main reason why I brought you here, William Hunter. I have brought you here to make friends with the ponies you love so much and go on adventures with them..." Celestia pauses then stands up on her hooves. "In the Sea of Thieves!" Celestia finishes as I do a spit take from the tea I was drinking. "WHAT!?" I yelled in disbelief. To be Continued. > Chapter 2 A New Beginning Part 2. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- I just sat there, eyes and mouth wide, at Celestia just confirmed that the Sea of Thieves is in the world of Equestria. What she said just kept replaying in my mind, again and again, as Celestia giggled like a schoolgirl that has a crush on someone. Sure I had played Sea of Thieves the game, read the books, played the tabletop game and collected the merch as much as My Little Pony, but not as much, but it is real in the world that I love so much? Admittedly it is overwhelming. "I take it you're surprised at what your mission is?" Celestia said as she recovered from her giggling. I was still sitting there and just nodded at the Princess. "And don't worry about a ship for you and your crew, I already have one in the works." I soon snapped out of my shocked trans and shook my head and said, "I'm sorry, but did you just say that the Sea of Thieves is in this world and you want me to sail to it?!" Celestia smiled "I know it's a lot to take in, but I'm sure you will be a fine Captain of your crew of friends," "But surely there is someone better than me to go to the Sea of Thieves?" I said "Not that I'm not honoured by what you just offered to me or anything, surprised and overwhelmed. But why me," Celestia then said something that I'll never forget, "Because you know the place better than my finest explorers that the kingdom has to offer," "And because I know you will do myself and Equestria proud," "Plus," she continued "you need real friendship and adventure and maybe love," The last word made my cheeks feel warm and gave me the confidence to do the Princess and Equestria proud, but then I realised one small problem and asked, "Where do I begin and who do I recruit?" Celestia raised an eyebrow, "Where else and who else do you think?" she said in a knowing tone. My mind clicked, "Oh, you want me to recruit Twilight and her friends as soon as possible, If you're alright with it that is," "It's alright, of course, you will have to defeat," Celestia took a deep breath in and said "My Younger Sister, Luna, with them and prove that you are an ally, not an enemy," "It will be a challenge, but I sure that I will do you proud," I said "And don't worry, I will be gentle to her," Celestia smiled, "I know you will do a great job. now I will let you get back to my student," she said rising from the picnic, "You have a chariot to ride on," Myself, Spike and Twilight headed for the chariot, and then I saw Twilight's big brother, Shining armour, standing on the platform. When Shining saw me, he was about to charge me, not before Twilight stood in front of me and explained everything, Including what Celestia said about me being Twilight's 'bodyguard', and you can guess that Shining was very sceptical about this. "I have no issues about this if what you are saying is true Twi, but I still don't trust this bodyguard that the Princess has given you," Shining said with caution in his voice then he turns to me, "You better not do anything to harm her or I will hunt you down, regardless of your stature as Equestria's Privateer." Yes, Celestia made me into, to my surprise, Equestria's first Privateer. "I wasn't even going to harm her anyway," I said "I may be a Pirate, but I'm not that kind of Pirate," "But you said your not a Pirate!" Twilight said in confusion. "That was before your Princess made me one," I countered calmly. Twilight sighed "Anyway, we should get going, promise to write everyday B.B.B.F.F?" "I promise Twi," Shining said and turn to me, giving me a glare of pure distrust. We soon boarded the chariot and then took off as Twilight looked back to Shining Armour with a sad look on her face. "Are you alright, Miss Sparkle?" I asked carefully. "I'll be alright," Twilight said, looking ahead to the destination. The flight was pretty quick as we soon landed in the town named Ponyville. "Feels pretty peaceful here," I muttered then sadly added, "Unlike my world, so many problems," "What was that?" Spike asked. "Nothing Spike," I said softly. As we began to walk through Ponyville, I couldn't help but feel like all the eyes of Ponyville were on me the whole time, looking scared and started backing away from me, that was until we soon came across a familiar pink pony coming our way, smiling like there's no tomorrow. "Come on Twilight just try it, you'll see," Spike said as Pinkie stopped in front of us three. "Uhhh, hello, what's your name?" Twilight said, trying to be careful. Pinkie jump into the air gasped and whizz over Twilight, Spike and myself. We all look at each other. "Just go with it I guess," I said again pretending like I don't know Ponyville. Twilight just rolled her eyes and continued walking to Sweet Apple Acres. "Summer Sun Celebration official overseer's checklist," Spike said as we head through the gates of the farm, "Number one, banquet preparations: Sweet Apple Acres," I took a deep breath in through my nose, exhaled and smiled, "Smells like apples," I said, "I wonder what the apples taste like here," "Heehaw!" A shout came from one side of the dirt road, as Applejack galloped to an apple tree and kicked it and the apples fall from the branches then smiled proudly. 'I wonder if the Sea of Thieves will test her strength and honesty' I thought to myself as Twilight sighed. "Let's get this over with," Twilight said as she walks up to Applejack, "Good afternoon, my name is Twilight Sparkle-" Twilight was soon cut off not from a hoof-shake but a tackle from Applejack. "I don't know what you want, but I'm warning you now, back away from my farm now, Pirate!" Applejack yelled at me, thinking like the first time Twilight saw me awake, only I have my Pistols and my Cutlass on my body this time. "I'm just a bodyguard for the pony you just tackled," I said trying to defuse the encounter, "I'm only a recently hired Pirate by the Princess, and I would never harm an innocent," Applejack stared at me and then took some steps towards me and look deep into my eyes, and I should mention that I was, in this world at least, around the same height as big mac. "Okay then," Applejack said, "I believe you, and now know you will not harm my family or me," "Thanks, Miss," I said that got Applejack to chuckle. "Please, call me Applejack, Miss just makes me sound old," Applejack said. "Sounds good to me," I said smiling as I helped Twilight back on her hoofs, "Any way we're here to oversee the Summer Sun Celebration, are you in charge of the food?" "As sure as sugar we are," Applejack said, "Want to try some?" "Yes, please!" Spike and I said together, much to Twilight's disinterest. "Well, as long it doesn't take too long," Twilight said begrudgingly. Applejack soon rang a triangle and called out to her family. I ran to the table, taking Twilight and Spike in my arms, "Soup's on everypony!" Soon the Apple family galloped to the table where Twilight, Spike and myself was at, "Now, how About I introduce you to my family?" Applejack said. "Thanks, but we need to get-" Twilight said before getting interrupted again. "This is Apple Fritter," Applejack began as apple-flavoured treats came pouring on the table, "Apple Bumpkin, Red Gala, Red Delicious, Golden Delicious, Caramel Apple, Apple Strudel, Apple Tart, Baked Apples, Apple Brioche, Apple Cinnamon Crisp..." Applejack took a deep breath in, "...Big Macintosh, Apple Bloom, and Granny Smith come on now Granny, we got guests," "Wha...? Soup's on?" Granny said as she sauntered to her family, "Hold on, I'm coming," Twilight spits out an apple treat that was shoved into her mouth, "Okay, well, I can see the food is coming along nicely, so we'll be on our way," "Aren't you gonna stay for brunch?" little Apple Bloom said with puppy-dog eyes. "I'm sorry, but we have a lot to do today," Twilight said, and everyone groaned in disappointment. "Fine," Twilight said after giving in, then everyone cheered and began to feast. "Food is all takin care of," Spike said after leaving the farm with myself and Twilight, poor Twilight was lagging behind us with a big belly full of apple treats. "I had too much pie," Twilight groaned from behind as I try to comfort her. "Well, that's why you don't eat all of everything in front of you," I said "And I know I ate a lot then you, but that's because I'm taller than you so, I have to eat more than you," Twilight just glared at me then turn to Spike. "What's next Spike?" Twilight Asked, "And it better not involve more food," Spike looked at the sky, "There's supposed to be a Pegasus pony named Rainbow Dash clearing the sky," Twilight looked up, "Well, she not doing a good job now, is she?" Rainbow came ramming into Twilight into a muddy puddle. "TWILIGHT!" I cried out, running to the two crashed ponies, "Are you two, alright?" Rainbow was the first to get up from the mud, "Yeah, I'm alright, thanks for asking," Rainbow said. Rainbow then took one look at me, gasped, smiled ear to ear and pounce on me like Tigger, rolling for a bit and Rainbow was on top of me, "Oh my gosh!" she said and then in rapid-fire said "A Pirate, are you a Pirate? Oh please be a Pirate, can I join your crew? Oh please let me join your crew? PLEASE!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!" I couldn't help but laugh at her reaction to me. It's a nice change of pace for me after all the ponies I've met have been either mean or scared, "Okay, okay," I said at last, "But can you get off of me please?" Rainbow sheepishly smiled and got off of me. "I am so sorry Captain, sir," then she looked at Twilight, "Here, let me help your First Mate out," "I'M NOT HIS FIRST MATE!" Twilight yelled as Rainbow grabs a cloud and begins to bounce on it to make rain to fall out of it, soaking poor Twilight. "Oops," Rainbow said sheepishly, "How about this?" she then flew around Twilight very fast and created a small tornado messing up Twilight's mane and tail in the process. "My very own Rain-Blow-Dry, no, don't thank your quite welcome," "Uh, you may want to have a look at what you have, done," I said, pointing to Twilight and struggling to hold my laughter. Rainbow, Spike and I couldn't hold it anymore and burst into laughter holding our stomachs, "I take it your Rainbow Dash?" Twilight said in an annoying voice tone. "The one and only," Rainbow said proudly "Why, you heard of me?" "Well, we heard you are supposed to keep the skies clear!" Twilight said. "Sure, I'll do that in a minute," Rainbow said, "After I finish my route," "For what? Twilight pondered. "For the Wonderbolts, of course," Rainbow said, again in a proud voice, "They're going to perform at the Celebration tomorrow, and I'm going to show them my stuff!" 'Let's see how fast she is.' I thought. "The Wonderbolts you say," I started, "surely they wouldn't accept a lazy pegasus, who can't keep the sky around Ponyville for at least a twenty-four hours, now would they?" That must have mad Rainbow mad, "Hey, I can clear this sky in ten seconds flat!" I crossed my arms, "Do it in five seconds, lazy bones," "OH I'LL SHOW YOU PIRATE!" She then took off at, to put it lightly, a very, very, very, very, fast speed that thrown off all other background ponies from their hoofs, including Twilight, Spike and I to the ground and may have caused more than five Sonic-Rainboom, IN, A, ROW. Literary five seconds later, Rainbow Dash, who may be the fast living creature in of all fiction besides Sonic, may have just beat Sonic's best speed at Hyper Sonic levels. The whole sky is clear and then some for other faraway towns, as Rainbow landed in front of us, panting like there's no tomorrow left, "There... Five Seconds Flat..." she said at last between deep breaths, "Now... about... me... joining... give me a sec... your crew," "After all that," I said still shocked, but quickly recovered, "Yeah, you're on my crew," Rainbow gave me a silent yay, "Just let me getting a big nap, then I meet you after the Celebration," and then she fainted. I chuckled at her, but when I looked at Twilight and Spike, they were both glaring at me. "I think we should get her to a hospital, now," I said as I picked her up and went to find the Ponyville Hospital. To be Continued. > Chapter 3 Shanties and Tales. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- We soon took Rainbow to the local hospital. Hopefully, I did not push her too hard. The doctor said that she's just drained from flying around Ponyville and more at an extreme speed. “Why did you have to do that to her?” Twilight said, mad at what I've done to Rainbow. “I was hoping to see how fast she is. I didn’t think she was that fast enough to break the sound barrier five times over in a row,” I said. "And Rainbow joining your crew?" Twilight said, thinking that she already knew the answer to that. "Yes, she is joining if she wants to, that is," I said, thinking how I'm going to convince the rest of the Mane 6 to join me on my adventures in the Sea of Thieves, maybe after our encounter with Nightmare Moon later. We headed to the town hall where Rarity was decorating the place, "You want to fix your mane, Twilight?" Twilight quickly glared at me, meaning 'touch me, you're dead, which made me raise my hands in defence. "Number three decorations, beautiful," Spike said. "Indeed, the decor is coming along nicely, will be at the library soon," Twilight said. "Not the decor, her," Spike corrected Twilight by pointing at Rarity. Like Applejack, she is a lot more beautiful in person than in the cartoon, and I may have caused more Bronies to be jealous of me if they know where I am at anyway. Rarity was going over some ribbons, which somehow reminded me of a song called 'Six Ribbons' that I used to listen to back in my world. "How are my spines? Are they straight?" Spike asked both Twilight and me. "Here's a tip, Spike," I said, "Just be your normal self," Twilight just groaned in annoyance as she approached Rarity, "Good afternoon-" "Just a moment, please," Rarity interrupted, "I'm in the zone, as it were," She then got out a beautiful big red sparkly ribbon, "Oh yes, sparkle always does the trick. Now how can I help yo-AAAH, oh my stars, whatever happened to your coiffure?!" Twilight looked at her, mane, "Oh, you mean my mane?" Twilight said, "Well, it's a long story, We're just here to check on the decorations, and we'll be out of your hair," But Rarity began to push Twilight, "Out of my hair? What about your hair?" "Wait, where are we going? help!" Twilight called out, but no one came. "Oh, you two also must come with me. I must make some outfits for both of you," Rarity said, "Especially you, Mister, what's your name?" The question pointed to me. "William Hunter, at your service," I said with a bow. "My, my, a gentle-colt," Rarity said, "Such a rare thing these days. I'm Rarity, by the way," I chuckled and turned to Spike, who was giving me a death glare at being kind to Rarity, "Just being nice," I mouthed to Spike. We soon entered a carousel looking building and placed Twilight on a stage with three large mirrors around the stage. "No, no uh-huh," Rarity said to herself as she went through some dress and different mane styles for Twilight as myself and Spike stood by, but I was thinking about how many great outfits Rarity could make in the Sea of Thieves. "Now go on, my dear," Rarity said, at last, settling on an outfit for Twilight, to which made me think that she looked beautiful, "You were telling me where you and your good friends are from?" "I've... been sent," Twilight strained from the tight dress being tightened from Rarity, "from Canterlot... with... my-" Rarity let go of the straps on Twilight's outfit, "Canterlot?! Oh, I'm so envious! The glamour, the sophistication! I can't wait to hear all about it! We're going to be the best of friends, you and I. Emeralds?! What was I thinking? Let me get you some rubies!" "You said you have some rubies, Rarity?" I asked her. "Why yes, I do," She replied, "Well, I have seen rubies a big as four hooves," I said. "REALLY?!" Rarity screamed, "WHERE?!" "WILLIAM HUNTER!" Twilight yelled to get my attention. "Coming Twilight!" I called back, "Sorry, Rarity, see you soon?" Rarity nodded as I left the shop, "Rubies the size of four hooves?" she said, "No wonder he's a Pirate," "Wasn't she just the best?" Spike said with a dreamy smile on his muzzle. "Focus Casanova," Twilight joked sarcastically. "Now, now Twilight," I said in a knowing tone, "Here's no reason you need to get into a dragon love story," "Whatever," Twilight said, "What's next on the list?" Spike snapped out of his trans, "Oh, number four, music, it's the last one," We soon heard some birds singing together, we peaked out of the nearby bush to see Fluttershy conducting the birds, but something caught her attention. "Oh, my," Fluttershy said as she flew up to a bluebird, "Um, stop please, everyone, umm. Excuse me, sir? I mean, no offence, but your rhythm is just a teeny-tiny bit off. Now, follow me, please. A-one, a-two, a-three-" "Hello!" Twilight said, scaring poor Fluttershy, “Oh, I’m so sorry, I didn’t mean to frighten you or your birds. Your birds singing is beautiful. We’re just here to check on the music. I’m Twilight Sparkle. What’s your name?” “Um. I’m Fluttershy,” Fluttershy said in a small, shy voice that made me smile in happiness from the cuteness of the little yellow Pegasus. “Sorry, I didn’t hear that,” Twilight said to which Fluttershy reply’s but in a softer voice as her birds came back to their tree. “Oh, your birds are back; I’ll just be going now,” Twilight said as she walked back to Spike and me. “Well, that was easy,” Twilight told Spike and me as we walked out of the bushes. To which Fluttershy turned and saw me. ”A REAL-LIFE PIRATE!” Fluttershy exclaimed in happiness as she tackled me like Tigger. ”Oh, I've never seen a real Pirate before, ” to be honest, I was not expecting that from season 1 Fluttershy or Fluttershy in general. But then again, this is not the same world that I have watched countless times over the past nine years of the show’s life, and what Fluttershy is doing is not from it. ”You must know some great tales of bravery, adventure and treasure!” Fluttershy went on hugging me like a teddy bear, ”Oh please tell me some, please?” ”Sure, ” I whizzed, ”but can you get off of me, please?” Fluttershy let me go, ”I’m so, so, so sorry Mister Pirate, it's just that I haven't met a real Pirate like you before, only in swashbuckling Pirate novels,” ”It’s all right, Miss Fluttershy, you weren't the first to tackle me, and you will not be the last.” I said to which Fluttershy giggled. ”I’ve never heard of Pirates being nice like a gentle-colt like you, ” Fluttershy said. ”Well, not all Pirates are cruel and terrible to ponies like you, ” I explained. ”We should be heading to the library now, ” Twilight interrupted us, ”again sorry for interrupting your bird's singing,” ”See you soon, Flutters, ” I said, waving to her as we left for the Golden Oaks Library. ”Well, that was unexpected, ” I said to Twilight and Spike. ”At least we’re done for the day, ” Twilight said as we arrived into the library, but it was pitch black, and I could only see the eyes of Twilight and Spike, ”Now, where is the light switch?” ​ ”SURPRISE!” Everypony went as the lights turned on, and Pinkie Pie is happy as she could be. "Surprise, hi, I'm Pinkie Pie, and I threw this party just for you three! Were you surprised? Were you? Were you! Huh-huh-huh?" Pinkie said at a million miles per hour. "Very surprised," said Twilight, "Libraries are supposed to be quiet," "Well, that's silly!" Pinkie continued to which Twilight groaned and blocked out Pinkie as Pinkie talked and talked. While I was recovering from the surprise of my life, as soon as I recovered, I stopped Twilight from drinking the hot sauce. "Hey," Twilight said to which I said, "You were going to drink hot sauce instead of soda," Twilight looked at the bottle that she poured into her cup, "Thanks, I guess," she said begrudgingly. "Say Pinkie," I said to Pinkie, "Do you know any shanties?" Pinkie shook her head, "No, I'm afraid, Ponyville is a landlocked town, and there is rarely any sailors who come into Ponyville, to my knowledge," "Well, I happened to know a few shanties," I said with a grin on my face. "Really?" a familiar voice came from behind me, which was Rainbow Dash. "I thought you were resting at the hospital?" I asked her. "I regain my energy quickly after a short nap," Rainbow said. "If you say so," I said sceptically, "Anyway I think it's time for a shanty or two," "YEA!" Everypony went. Somepony began to play some piano in the background, and I knew what to sing. (Cue Binks Brew from One Piece dubbed) (I started slow for the ponies in the room to listen to the song that I was going to sing. When I came onto the verses, I danced a silly dance while using my belly like a drum as a beat to get everyone to try to sing along. As the song continued, the Ponies at the party began to dance before the following verses) William Hunter: Yohohoho, Yo-hoho-ho, Yohohoho, Yo-hoho-ho, Yohohoho, Yo-hoho-ho, Yohohoho, Yo-hoho-ho. Gather up all of the crew, It's time to ship out Bink's brew! Sea wind blows. To where? Who knows? The waves will be our guide! O'er across the ocean's tide, Rays of sunshine far and wide, Birds they sing of cheerful things, in circles passing by! Bid farewell to weaver's town! Say so long to port renowned! Sing a song. It won't be long before we're casting off! Cross the gold and silver seas The salty spray puts us at ease! Day and night to our delight, The voyage never ends! (Everyone was now dancing as the next verse came along and was now singing along. And then came Twilights beautiful voice, then Pinkie's voice and then all of the mane Six's voices) Twilight Sparkle: Gather up all of the crew! It's time to ship out Bink's brew! Pirates, we, eternally, are challenging the sea! Pinkie Pie: With the waves to rest our heads, ship beneath us as our beds! Mane Six: Hoisted high, upon the mast our Jolly Roger flies! (Then everyone starts to sing) Somewhere in the endless sky, Stormy winds are blowin' by! Waves are dancing, evening comes, It's time to sound the drums! But steady men may never fear! Tomorrow's skies are always clear! So pound your feet and clap your hands till sunny days return! Yo-hohoho, Yo-hoho-ho, Yo-hohoho, Yo-hoho-ho, Yo-hohoho, Yo-hoho-ho, Yo-hohoho, Yo-hoho-ho, (As the music calms for a few seconds, I sang a sad note before everyone picked it back up and sang the song more happily) Gather up all of the crew! It's time to ship out Bink's brew! Wave good-bye, but don't you cry Our memories remain. Our days are but a passing dream, everlasting though they seem 'neath the moon, we'll meet again. The wind's our lullaby! Gather up all of the crew! It's time to ship out Bink's brew! Sing a song and play along For all the ocean's wide! After all, is said and done, you'll end up a skeleton! So spread your tale, from dawn till dusk, upon these foamy seas! Yo-hohoho, Yo-hoho-ho, Yo-hohoho, Yo-hoho-ho, Yo-hohoho, Yo-hoho-ho, Yo-hohoho, Yo-hoho-ho. Yo-hohoho, Yo-hoho-ho, Yo-hohoho, Yo-hoho-ho, Yo-hohoho, Yo-hoho-ho, Yo-hohoho, Yo-hoho-ho. (End Song) Everypony stomped their hoofs on the floor in celebration and cheered at a song well sung. Even Twilight was clapping her hooves together in happiness. "That was AWESOME CAPTAIN!" Rainbow exclaimed, "What's the name of that song?" "It's called bink's brew. It's an old Pirate song from days gone by," I told her. "I never thought Pirates could sing," Rarity said, "But I guess they like to party after a good haul of plunder," As the praise went on as Twilight went upstairs to be alone after the singing, 'Looks like Twilight wants some alone time,' I thought to myself. "What's the matter, sugarcube," Applejack said, looking at me with a worried look on her face. I sighed, "It's Twilight, the reason I wanted to sing that song is to show that not all Pirates are heartless, bloodthirsty killers, and while I show her the fun side of a Pirate's life, it looks like it's not enough for her," "You like her, don't you?" Applejack pointed out, "It's alright, I won't tell anypony," "Thank you, Applejack," I said with a smile. "Now, who wants to hear my tale of adventure?" Everypony raised their forelegs in the air at the promise of a story, "Yes, please!" "Alright, lads and lasses," I said, as I sat down on the floor, crossed my legs, then I started with, "Who here has heard of "The Sea of Thieves?" Everyone shook their heads while saying, "No," "Well, the Sea of Thieves is a Pirate's Paradise, a place where creatures of all the races on this planet live in a state of, what I like to call, Pirate's peace and harmony, never peaceful, but just enough for Pirates to seek treasure and adventure for everycreature." "The first Pirate to enter the Sea of Thieves is a man by the name of Ramsey Singh, otherwise called, the Pirate Lord, or the Greatest Pirate who ever lived." "Himself, his crew and his first ship The Magpie's Wing was the first to enter the mystical fog called The Devil's Shroud that surrounds the Sea of Thieves and, believe it or not, slowly but surely tears the ship apart, the wood on the ship rot away and the metal nails rust away by the Shroud that surrounds the Sea of Thieves, but the only way to get through the Shroud is by a route that moves and changes for everyone regardless of who or what they are." "Ramsey was the first to enter the Sea of Thieves and plundered as many riches as those islands have to offer. But the thing is, is that a mysterious civilisation inhabited the Sea of Thieves before Ramsey set hoof in the place, know only as The Ancients." "The Sea of Thieves has been under the control of Pirates for 35 years straight, with factions like the Gold Hoarders, the Merchant Alliance and the Order of Souls, with minimal changes to the Sea, but significant changes in recent times in the place, Krakens, Skeletons Pirates, Forts, Megaladons, Skeleton Ships, new islands, new friendly factions like the Sea Dogs and The Hunters Call, a Fort curse with dark magic from the Sea of the Dammed and many more to come in the future for the Sea of Thieves.” “There are six factions in the Sea of Thieves, three of which are required to build a reputation with and become a Pirate Legend. The Gold Hoarders are famed treasure hunters who will gladly send Pirates to find the chests filled with treasure for them. The Merchant Alliance are a faction of traders who wish to see trade grow and prosper in the Sea of Thieves. The Order of Souls is made up of sorcerers and mages, who spend their time learning about the Sea of Thieves' magic and what secrets the undead Pirates have to offer. The Hunter’s Call is a group of hunters who will pay Pirates to hunt and fish for food of all kinds to feed the many Pirates in the Sea of Thieves. The Sea Dogs are a PVP or Pirate-vs-Pirate faction found at the centre of the Sea of Thieves who challenges Pirates to face off against each other in the Arena. The last faction in the Sea of Thieves is also the most legendary of the six in that realm. It’s named Athena’s Fortune, led by the Pirate Lord Ramsey. To enter Athena’s Fortune is to become the most legendary Pirates to sail the world both in the Sea of Thieves and out. To become a Pirate Legend and enter the Taven of Legends, you must gain max reputation with, at most, three of the five factions in the Sea of Thieves.” “And that’s where I’ll leave it for now,” I said to which everypony groaned in disappointment, “But after the Summer Sun Celebration, I will tell you all more about the Sea of Thieves and my tale. From the Sea of Thieves.” “Hey everypony, the Princess is going to raise the sun,” Pinkie said as the ponies in the library went out as they all said, “Thanks for the history of the Sea of Thieves,” “I’ve never heard of the Sea of Thieves before,” Twilight said to me, “It doesn't exist at all,” “I could take you there if you want to, that is?” I said with a smirk. “My studies are more important than someplace where Pirates live," Twilight said as we entered the town hall. "If you say so," I said, taking place in the crowd waiting for the Princess to appear. "Citizens of Ponyville," Mayor Mare announced to the crowd, "In a few moments, our town will witness the magic of the sunrise, and celebrate this, the longest day of the year! And now, it is my great honour to introduce you. The ruler of our land, the very pony who gives us the sun and the moon every day, the good, the wise, and the bringer of harmony to all of Equestria." "PRINCESS CELESTIA!" as a spotlight appeared, the Princess was gone. "She's gone!" Rarity cried out, and everyone gasped as I griped my cutlass with my hand and out came the black fog, two beings I've seen before, but one is not supposed to be here. Nightmare Moon, and The Gold Hoarder Skeleton Lord Rathbone. This, and what comes next as they exited the fog, got me ready for a fight. Cruel and cold, Like winds on the sea, Will you ever return to me? Hear my voice, Sing with the tide, Our love will never die. Over waves, And deep in the blue, I will give up my heart for you. Ten-hundred years, I’ll wait to go by, Our love will never die. “Oh no,” I muttered to myself in fear. To Be Continued. > Chapter 4 Freedom Rising. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- As Nightmare Moon and the Gold Hoarder Skeleton Lord laughed happily at the ponies cowering from them, I decided to make a stand. "Luna!" I called out to her with my cutlass lifted, which got a shocking glare from her. "How do you know that weakling's name?!" Nightmare said in an angry voice, but soon looked scared for some reason, "You're a human, you're race is supposed to be a myth, and why do you carry the mark of the Alicorn?!" That got me surprised, "What mark?" I questioned, "I just a normal human that got displaced?" "DIE, AND SEVRE US!" the Gold Hoarder yelled at me as he jumped to the ground level and made His horn glows a black glow. ”No, my love, ” Nightmare called out. ”My love?!” Twilight exclaimed But it was too late. The Skeleton Lord attacked me with his cutlass, to which I blocked and clashed for a few seconds before Nightmare Moon blasted me with a bolt of dark magic, ”You may have the blessing of my sister, but you will never stop us,” Just before the two villains disappeared, the Gold Hoarder tossed some coins on the ground, “Rise my crew!” he said. “Leave them out of this!” I yelled at the villains, “They are just innocents,” “Nopony is innocent when we’re around,” Nightmare Moon cackled as her, and the Gold Hoarder vanished into a trail of dark blue mist. “Why did he drop coins on the ground?” Applejack asked when she finished her sentence. Skeleton Pirates rose from the ground and attacked the Ponies around them. “WHAT THE BUCK!?” Twilight screamed. “Skeleton Pirates, they're here to cause chaos while their leader’s escape!” I yelled as I attacked the Skeleton Pirates with my cutlass. Very poorly, I never trained or wielded a blade before today. “I need you, girls, to fight with me,” “WHAT?!” the six of them yelled in confusion. “We’re not fighters!” Rarity said. “If you don’t, then we will never stop both Nightmare Moon and The Gold Hoarder,” I said as I clumsily slashed the undead Pirates. “But, we don’t have weapons,” Twilight said. As if fate was listening to us, nine weapons came out of thin air. Each one was made to look like they were made for each member of the Mane Six, including Spike and myself. Twilight’s cutlass was more like a sword than a cutlass with a silver hilt and a flintlock pistol with light purple as the primary colour. Applejack's had a Boarding Axe with an apple-shaped axe-head. Rainbow had two short blades with a rainbow glow, not like a unicorn’s horn glow, more like a shining glow. Rarity's cutlass is more elegant and beautiful than any cutlass in the Sea of Thieves. Fluttershy's had a Beastmasters Whip with pink butterflies on the grip. Pinkie had a bloody blunderbuss in her colours, that's all, and she was happy as can be. And lastly for Spike was just a Cutlass made for a baby dragon of his size. Each grabbed their respected weapons and looked at them especially, then looked at me like I'd done something wrong. ”As I said, you need to fight!” I told them as I clashed with the Skeletons. ”Let’s go!” Rainbow yelled as she charged into the fight. ”If anyone is going to save this town, it's me, ” Applejack said with determination. ”Frankly, I don't want to get this rapier damaged, but I am going to give those brutes what-for, ” Rarity declared. ”This is going to be fun, ” Pinkie Pie said, bouncing into the fight. ”I’m like in a swashbuckling adventure, ” Fluttershy mumbled and yelled, ”AND I LOVE IT!” as she charged into battle. Twilight looked at the rest of the Mane Six, shrugs and took off to the chaos. (Cue Prepare Pirates from One Piece Pirate Warriors Soundtrack) The whole fight was chaotic and a bit unusual to see all of the Mane Six, even Fluttershy joining me to fight the small waves of Skeletons. Twilight was swinging her Rapier like mad. Applejack was trying to wield her Boarding Axe at the Skeletons in her mouth but to no avail. Rainbow was trying to be as impressive as possible while fighting with her two Short Swords. Rarity had some surprising fencing skills, but only the basics. Fluttershy was scarily going berserk and mad with the whip as if she knew how to wield a beastmasters whip. Pinkie was having fun with her Blunderbuss like there’s no tomorrow. As the fighting took place, I led some ponies caught in the cross-fire. They looked at me sceptically as if they didn’t trust me, “Trust me,” I said, "It's not safe here; go to your homes and don't come out until the sun comes out," the ponies finally listened to me and turned tail and ran to their homes. “Now back to the fight,” I said, turning back to the fight. Only to have it be finished, mainly by the Mane Six. (End song) “That was AWESOME!” Rainbow declared. “Now that was surprisingly fun,” Twilight admitted, “Not that I like to fight or anything, but anyway, we need to stop Nightmare Moon and, whatever that Skeleton was,” “That was Rathbone, a former member of Ramsey’s crew, one of the first Pirates to enter the Sea of Thieves up to when he betrayed him and let his greed curse him and turned him into the Skeleton Lord he is now,” “HE WAS CURSED BY GREED?!” Everyone's reaction was. “I’ll tell you all later, right now, we need to find the Elements of Harmony, and fast,” I said, racing to the library. “How does he know that?” Twilight mumbled to herself. We soon came to the library as I was frantically searching for the book that had the info I needed. “Where is it,” I growled to myself, “We need the Elements of Harmony to save Luna!" "Captain!" Rainbow called to me. "You need to calm down. A raging Pirate is a bad Pirate," "Rathbone is not supposed to be here!" I yelled at Dashie as my friends came into the library. "He’s not in the story!" “What story?” Pinkie asked me, cursing myself for letting that slip. “It’s alright, sugar-cube, you can tell us,” Applejack said as she lad a hoof on my shoulder. I took a deep breath in and sighed, “The truth is, I’m not from this world, I come from a world where to put it lightly, this world is fiction and not real until I die and come here by Princess Celestia help, I was supposed to help Twilight learn all about the magic of Friendship, and defeat Nightmare Moon with you girls. But it seems me just being here has changed the world that I love so much,” I tried to hold back the tears as I told them everything, “Now, thanks to me, Nightmare Moon has an ally and is going to succeed,” As I began to cry, the Mane Six all came in for a hug, “It’s not your fault,” Fluttershy said softly, “No one saw this coming,” “But that’s the thing, I did see it was coming, just not Rathbone, or the fact that the Sea of Thieves is real,” I said as I cried. “Just because you know the future doesn’t mean you know everything,” Pinkie said, giving me some advice on this mess. I tried to dry my eyes from tears and smile a teary smile, "Thanks, Pinkie. I guess my Autism can get in the way of thinking things through," I told her and the rest of the girls. Twilight looked at me with a sad look on her face, "I had no idea that you have Autism at all," She said. "What's Autism?" All the other mares asked themselves as Twilight went into what I like to call teacher mode. "Autism is a neurological disorder that prevents someponies from performing certain obstacles. Twilight told the group that some can be very smart, and some can be non-verbal," Twilight told the group. "And for me, I tend to overthink things and sometimes feel like that I'm a stupid fucking dickhead all the fucking time," I said with open honest in my words. "You're not stupid, Captain. You stood up to both an evil Alicorn and a Skeleton Lord! and that is awesome and brave in my books," Rainbow said to me to cheer me up. "Thanks, girls," I said to them, "Now, we have some villains to fight," I then grabbed the book out for Twilight to read. I then gave it to Twilight and said, "Twilight, you should read it since you know more of it than me," Twilight nodded and began to read it, "There are seven Elements of Harmony, but only five are known: Kindness, Laughter, Generosity, Honesty, Loyalty, the sixth is a mystery, and the seventh is a legend. It is said that the last known location of the five elements is in the ruined Castle of the Two Sisters. It is located in what is now known as. The Everfree Forest." She finished, the rest of the group gulped. "Alright then," I said slowly, "In the words of a famous plumber," "Let's-a-go," We were walking through the Everfree Forest. And the moral of the group is looking a bit scared. "Have any of you been in here before?" Twilight asked the group. “Heavens no,” Rarity said, “It’s just dreadful,” “And it ain’t natural,” Applejack added, “Beasts of all kinds roam these woods,” "Whatever you do, Rainbow, don't try to scare the others," I said to Rainbow, knowing what happens next, "We need to keep moving away from this cliff," "Why?" Twilight asked, "There's nothing wrong-" I had to cover Twilight's mouth quickly, "I've seen a lot of things in fiction, and one of those things is that you Do Not Tempt Fate,” “Fair point,” Twilight said through my hand, after which the cliffs began to break apart and crumble as I fell to the edge of the cliffs, legs dangling off the edge. “WILLIAM!” Everypony yelled to me. “NO, NO, NO, NOT ME!” I yelled at the top of my lungs. "IT'S NOT SUPPOSED TO BE ME!" “Hold on. I’m a-coming,” Applejack said, coming down to me, helping me stay on the ledge. What was not helping was that I was scared to death and back about my fears coming true. “Applejack,” I pleaded to her, “don’t let me fall, please,” “Let go,” she said to me, and the girls and Spike must have listened to what Applejack told to me because they are calling her crazy, most of all was Twilight. Then I saw an Alicorn wearing a Pirate Captain’s outfit in the background. The Mane Six somehow did not see him behind the group, “Trust her, my young Pirate,” he said in a voice that sounded familiar to me. “Alright, I trust you, Applejack, on one condition, you join my crew if I live,” I said with a grin that would make Luffy proud. “Your mad, you know that”, Applejack replied. I Chuckled, “I know, my Nakama,” I let go of the ledge. Luckily, Rainbow and Fluttershy managed to catch me but then got a quick drop from most likely my weight. "Sorry, Will,” Fluttershy said apologetically, “I’m not used to holding anything more than a bunny or two,” as Applejack jumped from cliff to cliff down to the bottom. “Your one crazy human, you know that!” Twilight yelled, "Why did you let go of her?" "Sometimes, you need to trust the honesty of your Nakama," I told her. "What's 'Nakama'?" Twilight asked me. "'Nakama' means friend in Japanese, and I learned that from a young Pirate who has a dream is to become King of the Pirates," I told the whole group. "Okay,” the group said at once as Twilight smiled to herself. “So, you live, now does that mean I have to join your crew like what Rainbow did?” Applejack asked me. “You can join if you want to, that is?” I said slowly. “Alright, I’ll join your crew, Captain,” Applejack answered me and held out a hoof to shake, “And I’ll like to be the crew’s cook if you want to,” I smiled and shook her hoof with my hand, “Agreed,” then we continued with the rest of the way. We were soon back on our way to the ruins. Rainbow was bragging about how she and Fluttershy saved me. "There's no need to brag about saving my life Rainbow," I said. "But it was impressive how you trusted Applejack, you let go, and myself and Flutters caught you like a falling apple." Rainbow continued with no signs of stopping. It was then. I heard a roar from in front of us. I raised my left hand in the air, signalling to stop the group. “What now,” I heard Twilight say. “Manticore,” I said calmly as everypony looked at each other with worried looks. “Can you be certain?” Rarity asked the Manticore appeared in front of us. Everyone grabbed their weapons. “Stand down!” I told the group, “He is no threat, drop your weapons, and let me and Fluttershy deal with this,” “What!” Fluttershy said softly. “Are you mad!” Twilight said, nearly yelling at me, but I ignored her as I led Fluttershy to the ‘angry beast’. “You see it too,” Fluttershy whispered to me. “Yes, now show all of us why you have a Beastmaster’s whip, and you can join my crew if you can calm it down,” I said to which Fluttershy smiled in glee. The Manticore was going to strike, but Fluttershy said, “It’s okay,” and nuzzled the paw where he reviled a giant thorn in its front paw. “Oh, you poor little baby,” “Little?” Rainbow questioned Fluttershy. “Now, this only hurt for a bit,” Fluttershy said as she quickly pulled the thorn out, then the Manticore roared. “FLUTTERSHY!” everypony yelled in fear but were soon quickly put away when the Manticore began to lick Fluttershy and purr like a cat. “Aw, you’re just a little baby kitty, aren’t you,” Fluttershy replied to him, “I think I’ll call you Manny," Then Manny pulled me into a backbreaking hug, "Okay, Manny, thanks for the hug," I said in a strained voice as Manny put me down carefully and gave a sheepish smile, "Aw, it's alright, Manny, you need to be more careful with creatures like me," "How did you know about the thorn?" Twilight asked. "I went against my fears to show a little kindness to the wounded creatures,” I said to her as she smiled. “So, the crew position for me?” Fluttershy asked me. “I think Beastmaster is a good position as any for you, Flutters,” I said with a smile on my mug, to which she smiled. “Thank you, Captain Will,” Flutters Replied to me. “Oh, I hope we can get out of this forest soon,” Rarity said as the trees above us closed to cover the sky from our sights, “Now that made it worse,” “Why did you tempt fate like that,” I groaned. “That castle could be ahead of us, and we would never see it,” Twilight pointed out as we ran into each other. “Uh oh, I think I step in something,” Applejack said as Fluttershy screamed, "It's just mud," Soon the trees looked scary, as the whole group back into each other and held themselves except myself and Pinkie, who laughed at the trees, "What are you two doing? Run!" Twilight said. "There's nothing scary about these trees, girls," I said and asked Pinkie, "If I sing to the girls for you, will you join my crew as my musician?” Pinkie smiled from ear to ear and nodded very happily. “Yes, Captain Hunter, sir,” as I began to hear a familiar tune in the wind. “They're not gonna,” Twilight said. (Cue Friend like me by Robin Williams) (As the music began, Pinkie began to dance just like the Genie from Aladdin as it was then my turn to sing along with my slightly normal human singing voice) Pinkie Pie: Well, Ali Baba had them forty thieves Scheherezade had a thousand tales But master you in luck 'cause up your sleeves You got a brand of magic never fails “They are,” Applejack said. William Hunter: You got some power in your corner now Some heavy ammunition in your camp You got some punch, pizzazz, yahoo and how See, all you gotta do is rub that lamp And I'll say Both: Mister Aladdin, sir What will your pleasure be? Let me take your order Jot it down You ain't never had a friend like me Ha ha ha Life is your restaurant And I'm your maitre d' C'mon whisper what it is you want You ain't never had a friend like me Yes, sir, we pride ourselves on service You're the boss The king, the shah Say what you wish It's yours! True dish How about a little more Baklava? Have some of column "A." Try all of column "B." I'm in the mood to help you, dude! You ain't never had a friend like me As I danced to the tune, everyone noticed that the scary faces on the trees disappeared and began to dance to the music, and the others were soon dancing with me. Both: Can your friends do this? Can your friends do that? Can your friends pull this out of their little hat? Can your friends go, Poof! Well, looky here Can your friends go, Abracadabra, let 'er rip And then make the sucker disappear? So doncha sit there slack-jawed, buggy eyed I'm here to answer all your midday prayers You got me bona fide, certified You got a genie for your chare d'affaires I got a powerful urge to help you out So what-cha wish? I really wanna know You got a list that's three miles long, no doubt Well, all you gotta do is rub like so - and oh Mister Aladdin, sir, have a wish or two or three I'm on the job, you big nabob You ain't never had a friend, never had a friend You ain't never had a friend, never had a friend You ain't never had a friend like me You ain't never had a friend like me (End song) Soon after, everypony laughed at the silly dancing we were doing through the song. “That was something,” Twilight said as she and the rest of us laughed some more. We continued to laugh as we headed for a raging river. “Hold up, girls,” I said. “Now what?!” Rainbow grumbled “How are we going to get across?” Twilight pointed out. Then we heard some crying from a giant river serpent. “What a world, what a world!” he sobbed dramatically. “Excuse me, sir,” Twilight said politely to Steven, the river serpent, “Why are you crying?” “Well, I don’t know,” Steven said to us, “I was just sitting here, minding my own business, when this little purple cloud just whisked past and tore my beloved moustache clean off, and now I simply look horrid,” “Incoming,” I said as Steven slashed in the river, wailing as he did, getting all of us wet, even Spike, “Never mind,” I said after getting wet. “Oh, come on!” Rainbow said. “That’s what this is about?” Applejack said. “Why, of course, it is,” Rarity replied to Steven, “How can you be so insensitive about this? Oh, look at him. Such lovely luminescent scales,” “I know,” Steven replied. “That expertly coiffed mane,” “Oh, I know, I know.” “Your fabulous manicure,” Rarity pressed on. “It’s so true,” Steven replied. “All ruined without your beautiful moustache,” Rarity finished with a sympathetic tone in her voice. "It's true. I'm hideous!" Steven replied dramatically. "Well, I simply cannot let this crime against fabulosity go uncorrected!" Rarity said before pulling a scale from Steven's hide, and he yelped at the sudden pain. "Why did you do that for?" Steven asked Rarity. “Rarity, what are you doing?!” Applejack said as I held them back. But Rarity did not reply and just cut her long, beautiful tail off with the sharp scale, picked up the cut off tail and, with her magic and tied it to the remains of Steven's moustache. "Oh-hohohohoho, My moustache. How wonderful." "You look smashing," Rarity replied. "But Rarity, your beautiful tail," Twilight said to Rarity sadly. "It's alright, darling," Rarity said to Twilight, "Short tails are in this season. besides, it'll grow back," "So would the mustache," Rainbow whispered to myself and Twilight. "And for you, Will, seeing how you stopped the others for interfering with what I did, I would like to join your crew as your outfit maker, Captain," Rarity said to me. "It would be my honour, Rarity," I said with a bow, to which Rarity giggled at my display. "Hey," Twilight said, "We can cross now," "Allow me," Steven said to us, creating platforms with his back for us to cross the river. “There it is, the castle of the two sisters!” Twilight said with excitement as she rushed to the castle. “Twilight, wait!” I yelled to stop her, which it did, luckily “But it’s right there,” Twilight replied to me. “We need to get there now!” “Look ahead of you and see what I mean,” I countered her. “Oh,” Twilight said sheepishly as she looked ahead of the path only to see the bridge. “How are we going to cross?” Fluttershy said. “Rainbow,” I called her, “Can you fly over and fix the bridge, please?” To which Rainbow nodded and flew over the gap, but soon fog began to surround the other side of the cliff as I saw three Pegasus talking to her, “RAINBOW! REMEMBER, PIRATES ON MY CREW HAVE HONOUR!” The bridge was fixed, and we can cross it now. "See, I am an honourable Pirate," Rainbow said to me and Twilight, who smiled. As we entered the castle, we saw the Elements of Harmony. "We've found them!" Pinkie said as Rainbow brought them down to the ground. "Three, four, five, there's only five, where's the sixth and seventh Element's," Pinkie said, counting and questioning. "The book 'when the five are present, a spark will cause the six to be revealed’,” Twilight remembered from the book. “What the hay does that mean?” Applejack asked. “I don’t know,” Twilight replied, “But I have an idea, stand back. I don’t know what will happen.” Twilight began to cast a spell. “Everyone, stand guard outside,” I told the group, “I’ll stay with Twilight,” As soon as everyone went outside with weapons out. I heard laughter from around Twilight, and a purple and gold magic storm came and began to suck away the Elements. "TWILIGHT, NO!" I cried while getting sucked into the storm. I heard laughter from both Nightmare Moon and the Gold Hoarder Skeleton Lord. They were on one side of the room, and Twilight and I were on the other side, "Do you think you can stop us?!" the Gold Hoarder laughed, "Not even Faust can save you now," "You'll not get away with this Rathbone!" I challenged him and called out his real name. Then I turned to Nightmare with a pleading look, “Luna, you have to listen to me, this isn’t you, we can help you!” (Cue Only Us by Miracle of Sound) “You know nothing about me, NOTHING!” Nightmare said as she approached me with a claymore in her magic. "NOW, SUFFER ME NOW!" (As we began to fight, Nightmare swung her sword around for a bit as she sang and then used the flat side to try to break my arm, but I used my sword to try to block, but it broke on impact and Nightmare's blade point slashed my chest a little. She was ripping my clothing and slicing my skin. She then teleported behind me and kicked me in the back, and made me fall on the ground as I heard my backbones crack. Nightmare Then used lightning magic, and I screamed just as the rest of the Mane six came into the room and saw that Nightmare Moon was torturing me as Rathbone laughed at my pain and suffering. Nightmare Moon When bells of shame have faded And I remain reviled Let vengeance roar for blood and war Behind a scornful smile The vow, the kin, the rival A vision violent, vile These questions three have haunted me Since I was but a child So much I have lost, and so much I resent My spite became the steps upon the stairway of descent Both: Let it all burn down around us Let the cruel consume the just Let the sin we swim in drown us Let the world shatter Into dust Nothing else matters Only us! “Please don’t let the darkness win, Luna!” I said to her. "I had my fun," Nightmare said as she raised her hoof to do a tag out thing from Persona 5 to Rathbone. "Tag out, my dear," (As Rathbone came into the fight. I was trying to get back up, but I was in pain, and Rathbone laughed at me and then started to sing as he then did a shockwave attack, driving myself and my crew back into the walls of the castle then he charged with a shovel in his blackened magic as I stand back up. Only to be stabbed in the belly and was now bleeding badly) Rathbone The Gold Hoarder: When kings have long been buried When vows have long been lost When the night brings fear, then the lion's tears Shall fall on fire and frost This hopeless doomed devotion The poison that I crave I jilt the new to return to you Endure you till my grave I'm no man of honor, my guilt runs dark and deep My oaths betray each other till there's nothing left to keep Both: Let it all burn down around us Let the cruel consume the just Let the sin we swim in drown us Let the world shatter Into dust Nothing else matters Only us (As the music continued, my crew was now horrified at the sight of their captain being tortured for the hell of it. Now both Nightmare and Rathbone were kicking me, shooting magic at me and were laughing at me as they continued their onslaught) Both: And they will raze our towers And spit upon our names And the ravens black over the fields of ash Will whisper our tales of shame Both: Let it all burn down around us Let the cruel consume the just Let the sin we swim in drown us Let the world shatter Into dust Nothing else matters Only us (End song) "Surrender now, and I'll spare your crew. Or you can die like the freak that you are," Nightmare said to me for my crew to hear. I coughed up some blood "(Cough, cough). Never. (Cough, cough)" I said with a raspy voice. "Then you will die braver than most," Nightmare said as she raised her Blade to me, but she must have seen Twi using her magic to ignite the magic in the Elements. “What do you think you're doing?” Nightmare said as she caught Twilight as her eyes went wide and blasted her back with dark magic and tried to corrupt her with said dark magic. “TWILIGHT!” I yelled to her, grabbing Nightmare’s armoured leg, which got her attention and pulled me in with magic. “You dare shoot at me!” Nightmare yelled as she threw us to the other side of the room then used her Earth-Pony strength to destroy the Elements, leaving Twilight shocked at what happened. "No, it can't be over," Twilight said in a soft voice, "It's not over until I say it's over!" she then yelled with weapons drawn. We then heard some voices coming from the stairs that were our friend calling out to support us, and then it clicked in my and Twilight's head. "You think that you can destroy the Elements like that!" I said to the two villains, "Well, the elements are right here and are now reborn into something new," just as I said that the rest of the Mane Six came up next to me, and gems appeared on them as I then said "Applejack, who reassured my trust in fate when things looked down, and dark is the Spirit of TRUST. Fluttershy, who tamed a Manticore and helped me regain my strength and bravery, is the Spirit of COURAGE. Pinkie Pie, who banished our fears by playing and singing songs, is the Spirit of MUSIC. Rarity, who calmed a sorrowful serpent and gave up her own tail out of generosity, is the Spirit of RESPECT. Rainbow Dash, who chose her loyalty with her friends over her dreams, is the Spirit of HONOUR. And Twilight Sparkle, who would not let darkness into her mind and heart, is the Spirit of WILLPOWER. These six ponies showed me the light in my darkest times on this journey, and I will be forever grateful for the friendship that I have found. and when the six are awakened, the seventh element is reviled,” “No, the seventh is a legend!” Rathbone yelled. “That’s what they all say, Rathbone, and I look forward to facing you in the Sea of Thieves. When the six are awakened, the seventh is reviled. I am the Element of FREEDOM!” “Thanks to the six of you, the Elements of Harmony are reborn as THE ELEMENTS OF PIRACY!” as I finished. I opened my eyes and blasted a beam of magic at the Nightmare Moon and sent the Gold Hoarder back to the Sea of Thieves, where he belongs, and so we’ll fight him later. “Everypony okay,” Applejack asked the group as we all woke up. “Looks like we’ve won,” I said, looking around us, then the Mane Six and my jaw dropped at the sight of my crew. The Mane Six are wearing their Elements and their Pirate outfits from the My Little Pony 2017 Movie toy line. And as a bonus, my wounds were healed. “Thank goodness!” Rarity said with glee in her voice. The Elements restored her tail to its beautiful state. “Oh, Rarity, it’s beautiful,” Fluttershy said. “I know, and I’ll never part with it again,” Rarity replied, not knowing what Flutters was saying. “No, your necklace, it looks like your Cutie Mark,” “So does yours, and look at the outfits we're wearing.” “Look at me, look at me,” Pinkie said to us, bouncing around us. “Aw yeah, now we’re real Pirates now,” Rainbow said cockily. “And I look like a Pirate King!” I said, looking at my crown with pride as I looked at Twilight, looking at her tiara. “Gee Twilight,” Applejack said to myself and Twilight, “I thought that you two were just spouting a lot of hooey, but not only do we represent the new Elements of Piracy, but we are now real Pirates now,” “Indeed you all do,” A voice came from outside, to which it was Princess Celestia, all the others bowed before her but Twilight and me. “Princess Celestia!” Twilight and I said together as Twilight rushed to hug her. “Twilight Sparkle, my faithful student,” Celestia said with pride, “I knew you could do it,” “But you said it was just an old pony’s story,” Twilight said to her Princess. “I only told you to make some friends, nothing more,” Celestia said to Twilight, “I saw the signs of Nightmare Moon’s return, and I knew it was you who had the magic inside of you and your friends to defeat Nightmare Moon, and someone who not even I knew would be coming to our world, and let True friendship into your heart and Your new human friend of course, and you now have managed to rebuild the Elements of Harmony into the Elements of Piracy, I must say, I’m impressed Captain Will,” that last part got me to blush. “Now if only another will as well,” she then walked to the younger Alicorn, “Princess Luna!” said Celestia as Luna gasped and looked at Celestia with fear, “It’s been a thousand years since I have seen you like this, it’s time to put our differences behind us, we were meant to rule together little sister.” “Sister?” Twilight and Rainbow said to together. “Will you accept my friendship?” Celestia offered to Luna. We were waiting for her answer as Pinkie fell over on her stomach. Luna’s eyes began to water and let out the water gates. “I’m so sorry,” Luna sobbed as Celestia held her close to her, “I’ve missed you so much, big sister,” “And I’ve missed you too,” “Now that what I like to see,” A voice came out of nowhere as ghostly green magic and the one man I had no idea I would be seeing this soon. "A grand adventure, a fight to the death, a reunion between sisters," Out of the side of the room where the windows come to a Pirate pony. Still, no ordinary Pirate pony, it was not only an Alicorn but a brown coated, black-maned Male Alicorn Pirate wearing the same outfit at was worn by The Pirate Lord and yes, he is The Pirate Lord for real. Only this version of him was not a ghost. ”Ramsey!” Celestial said, confirming what was in front of me, as Celestia went in for a hug. "It's been so long since I've seen you, my husband.” ”HUSBAND!” everyone yelled at what Celestia said to Ramsey. ”You’re married to Ramsey Singh, The Pirate Lord of the Sea of Thieves?!” I asked Celestia in shock, and everyone looked at me like I grew two heads apart from Celestia and Ramsey, who chuckled at my cluelessness. “I guess we need to explain some things, but now is not the time for questions, my young Pirates, for it is time to celebrate my Pirates,” Ramsey said as we headed out of the castle. “You and. Celestia are married. But that means. Lesedi and. Demarco. they are.” I said, trying to understand the whole mess that my Nakama and I discovered. “I am so confused. What have I just uncovered?” Ramsey chuckled, “I know it’s a lot to take in, but you will have time for that later. For we have a party to get to," “I guess some fun will do me some good, hopefully,” I replied. We soon got back to Ponyville, and already the ponies were there waiting for us. They were shocked at Ramsey and what he was. The ponies wasted no time in welcoming Princess Luna and the return of Princess Celestia. The party started as soon as Pinkie told everyone about the two new ponies who mean a lot to Celestia. But, thankfully not about Celestia and Ramsey’s relationship, ”It’s time for a party!” Pinkie said. Ponies began to celebrate the victory that we won, a flower collar was given to Luna as a welcome back to Equestria, Spike rushed up to Twilight, and all was great, but Twilight was looking down, ”why so glum, my faithful student?” Celestial asked Twilight, ”Are you happy that your quest is complete and you can return to Canterlot to resume your studies?” Twilight sighed, ”That’s just it. When I learned how wonderful it is to have friends, I had to leave them. And I kinda want to join William’s crew and learn more about the Sea of Thieves as much as possible,” Ramsey must have noticed, ”Well, I wouldn't mind having you and your friends in my realm,” ​ ”Spike, take a note, please, ” Celestia said, ”I, Princess Celestia, hereby decree the unicorn, Twilight Sparkle, shall take on a new mission for Equestria. She will continue to study the magic of friendship. She will report her findings from her new home and life in the Sea of Thieves, alongside the human Captain William Hunter and his comrades. A ship will be commissioned by the Equestrian Crown and will give the Captain full protection for all threats, in and out of Equestria.” All of my Nakama rushed in for a hug. ”Thank you, Princess, we will not let you down, ” Twilight said happily, then a song began to sing by me. [Captain William Hunter] Clocked in folds in midnight waters, Side by side, we sons and daughters, We set forth for no king’s orders, But we’ll sail together. [Will and Twilight] Ours is a life of wild ambition, Take all we please, need no permission, Woe unto those in opposition, For we sail together. [Will and the crew] Hold fast! Tides are turning, Flames roar, fires are burning, We’ll all be returning, If we sail together. As we sing the song, the whole world must be listening to us as we declare ourselves to a life of Piracy. And for the adventure and fights we will be having. [Everyone] All of the waves shall know our story, Sing of the battles fought ashore, We all shall thrive on fame and glory, When we sail together. Hold to our course and no surrender, See how she gleams in all her splendour, Fight to the last. We must defend her, As we sail together. Words of warning have been spoken, Ancient creatures have awoken, Still, until our bond is broken, WE SHALL SAIL TOGETHER! [Will] We Shall Sail Together! To be continued. > Chapter 5 Gilda. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- A few weeks after the Summer Sun Celebration, the crew and I got our tickets to the Gala, and Applejack learned a lesson on having stubborn pride, and all was good in Ponyville. Today was a peaceful day, but I knew that someday, the griffon I wanted on my crew would be coming to Ponyville. I was walking down the main street of Ponyvile, going to see Twilight and Spike, when I heard Rainbow call something out to me saying, “Captain! I need your help, NOW!” “First off, there’s no need to call me ‘Captain’ unless we are in the company of other Pirate Captains. And secondly, you need me to help you hide away from Pinkie for reasons only she can understand,” I said to Rainbow, “And I think I see Pinkie right now, bouncing like a Tigger,” I then said, looking behind her. “What’s a ‘Tigger’?” Rainbow said, then her eye pupils went small and took off to the sky, now knowing that Gilda was on her way. “Hi Will,” Pinkie said to me as she bounced around me, “Have you seen where Rainbow went to?” “I think you might what to check Sweet Apple Acres,” I replied. “Okay, thanks, Captain,” Pinkie thanked me as she bounced away. I chuckled, “Now I know who’s coming next. I hope Gilda can join my crew.” Later on, I can hear some giggling from somewhere that sounded like Pinkie and Rainbow. “Hey, Captain,” Rainbow said, throwing a water balloon at me, “Catch!” I tried to dodge it, but it was too late as the balloon splashed on me and got my firearms wet, “Rainbow Dash!” I cried out at her, but she and Pinkie kept throwing water balloons at me, getting me soaking wet. "Well, at least they're having fun," I said to myself, chuckling. A day later, I saw Rainbow and the griffon Rainbow’s second friend from Flight-school, Gilda. Rainbow must have seen me and quickly came up to me, dragging Gilda along. “Gilda, meet my Captain and Nakama, William Hunter,” Rainbow introduce me to her friend. “So you're the Pirate I’ve heard all about on my way here,” Gilda said with surprising interest in me, “And how you manage to gain Dash as your, Fighter was it,” “Yes, I am,” I said to Gilda, "And how did you know about me?" "News of the victory by you and your friends have reached to Cloudsdale," Gilda said, "Plus, I was wondering about you being a creature of myth called a 'Human',” “So, deeds of myself and my crew have reached far and way,” I said to myself, “So, what brings you to Ponyville besides myself and my Nakama?” “Just thought I just hang out with Dash here for a day or two,” Gilda replied, “And maybe try some flying and get Rainbow to do another three or four Sonic-Rainboom at once again like what you did to her when you first meet,” “Seems fine by me,” I said casually, “Mind if I watch you?” Which both Rainbow and Gilda nodded. “Follow us, Will,” Rainbow said, flying to an open field. Rainbow and Gilda were doing some tricks and having a good time with each other, “Just like old times,” Gilda said to Rainbow. “Yeah, only faster,” Rainbow replied cockily, “So, what now?” “Hi there,” Pinkie said as she appeared out of nowhere, as I then saw a trampoline. “Pinkie Pie, you are so random,” I chuckled, “Surely you can wait for Rainbow just a bit longer?” “Race you to that cloud, G,” Rainbow challenged Gilda. “A race, you’re on,” Gilda said “Three two one Go!” Rainbow yelled as she took off to the sky to the cloud. To say that those two were flying fast and furious would be an understatement. Once both griffon and pegasus made it on the cloud, both of them were arguing about who won. "Now, now girls," I said, trying to defuse the fight, "Both of you were very fast, and I think both of you won," Both Rainbow and Gilda looked at me like I had done something wrong. “Well, that was not the answer I was hoping for,” Gilda said in a surprised voice. “Well, at least we know who can keep up with Rainbow,” I chuckled, “But, I think it’s a good time for a break and a snack,” “Good call, Captain,” Rainbow said to me as she flew away, “I’ll meet you two at SugerCube Corner,” “You know,” Gilda said as she flew down to me, “You could have given the win to either Dash or me, but you didn’t. Why?” “I want to treat both you and Rainbow equally, to have fun and to stop a fight from breaking out,” I said with Applejack levels of honesty, “Plus, there is something I was hoping I can talk to you about, that is if you want to talk about it,” “What will that be, joining your crew?” Gilda laughs at me. I replied simply with a “Yes,” which got a surprised look from the griffon I was talking to. “Okay then,” Gilda said slowly, “One question, why?” “Why not,” I said, “It would be nice to have a strong griffon at my side, and you will love the life of Piracy in the Sea of Thieves,” Gilda pondered a little, “I’ll have to think about it, but you’ll have an answer at the end of the day,” she said as she took off to the sky and I began to walk to SugarCube Corner. Later on, as I went to SugarCube Corner, I was thinking about how I would convince Gilda to join me, “Psst,” I heard from somewhere. “Pinkie?” I wondered as I saw her waving to me, trying to call me over, “What are you doing?” “Trying to make you stop seeing that griffon,” Pinkie said, walking up to me, “She’s a big meanie and not nice,” “Are you sure that you’re just trying to stop me from changing the future, or do I have to have a word with my newest crewmate?” I asked Pinkie. “Both,” Pinkie said but then covered her mouth, “I mean, not recruit Gilda to the crew, that's what I meant." "I know, but she is a good griffon, just that she wants to spend time with Rainbow, and she may have a short fuse, like me." "Wait, what do you mean she's good a short fuse?" Pinkie asked me. "A short fuse means her, or in this case, me, get angry very easily," I told her, “Maybe she is mean for a reason of some kind, and I intend to find out when I talk to her,” “But you can’t!” Pinkie said, stopping me, “Remember what Rainbow said to you some weeks ago? A raging Pirate is a bad Pirate,” “I know what she said,” I said to Pinkie, walking back to SugarCube Corner, “But you need an open mind about these things, Pinkie. And I expect an apology when you meet her next time," As soon as I entered the sweet shop, Gilda was chatting to Rainbow about something as I approached the two of them. "Come on, G. You should join!" I overheard Rainbow say, "We could use a Nakama like you on the crew," "Again with that word, Dash. What does it mean?" Gilda groaned as I approached them. "'Nakama' means friend or friends in Japanse, from the world where I'm from," I said slightly, scaring both Gilda and Rainbow. "So, have you thought about it?" "Well," Gilda started, "I have put some thought into it, and I would like to join you, on one promise, though. Let me explain something with your whole crew first," "Agree, all of the crew should hear your reason for joining my Nakama and me," I said with a smile on my face. "But before we do so," Pinkie said slightly, making me jump, with Gilda groaning again. “I think there is something that I need to do. I’m so sorry, Gilda, for annoying you since you came here,” Gilda blinked in surprise and then gave a small smile, “It’s alright Pinkie, I guess I do need to explain why I have a short temper,” With the help of Rainbow and Pinkie, they have gotten the crew together at the Library. All of whom were wearing their Pirate outfits and wondered why I called them over to the Golden Oaks Library. “I would like to call this Pirate Crew Meeting into order,” I said to calm everyone down, “We have two things to discuss today. One is we have a new Nakama joining us. And Two, she would like to say her reason for joining.” “Thank you, Will,” Gilda said to me and then explained her reason. “The reason why I would like to join the crew is simple. To bring down to the largest trade company in the world. Who has used my fellow Griffons as slaves, The Grand Maritime Union.” That got a reaction from everyone, including me, from shock to surprise to simply, what. “The Grand Maritime Union, or GMU for short, has destroyed the Griffon Kingdom and used the remaining Dukes as puppets on strings. They have made slaves of my fellow Griffons to fuel their war machine as a workforce. Both the Dukes and the GMU only care about the Bits that they make from all factories that my people are forced to work in with no rights or breaks except for food and sleep." Everyone was now profoundly sorry for what Gilda's people had gone through and was now wanting to give the GMU a piece of their minds. “That is the reason why I want to join your crew, Will,” Gilda continued, “To bring an end to the Grand Maritime Union because no one will. Not even the Equestrian Government can do it because all of the GMU members, including the soldiers, are Ponies, and no one in Equestria will help my people or me!” Gilda was now crying after her speech. I soon reached out and hugged her as she cried, "There, there, Gilda, let it all out," I said to her, "It's alright to cry. It's not a sign of weakness. It's a sign of letting out the pain that you have endured for years," (Cue Isle of hope, isle of tears by The Whistlin Donkeys.) On the first day of January, Eighteen ninety-two, They opened Ellis Island, and they let The people through. And the first to cross the threshold Of that isle of hope and tears, Was Annie Moore from Ireland Who was all of fifteen years? Isle of hope, isle of tears, Isle of freedom, isle of fears, But it's not the isle you left behind. That isle of hunger, isle of pain, Isle, you'll never see again But the isle of home is always on your mind. As I sang, my crew began to cry with Gilda and me. In a little bag she carried All her past and history, And her dreams for the future In the land of liberty. And courage is the passport When your old world disappears But there's no future in the past When you're fifteen years Isle of hope, isle of tears, Isle of freedom, isle of fears, But it's not the isle you left behind. That isle of hunger, isle of pain, Isle, you'll never see again But the isle of home is always on your mind. More and more tears began to come through the eyes of my crew, rushed to hug Gilda and some ponies who were stopping by and listening to me sing. When they closed down Ellis Island In nineteen forty-three, Seventeen million people Had come there for sanctuary. And in springtime when I came here And I stepped onto its piers, I thought of how it must have been When you're fifteen years. Isle of hope, isle of tears, Isle of freedom, isle of fears, But it's not the isle you left behind. That isle of hunger, isle of pain, Isle, you'll never see again But the isle of home is always on your mind. (Song end) “Thank you, everyone,” Gilda said after a moment of calming down, “I didn’t know that Pirates were kind and cared for creatures like me,” “We maybe Pirates, but we’re not your tradition non-caring Pirates,” I said to Gilda, wiping away the tears from my eyes, “We aim of a change in the world by starting at the Sea of Thieves,” Gilda nodded, “Now that I told you all my reason for becoming a Pirate on your crew, will you accept me as your Quartermaster?” “Yes, Gilda,” I answered her, “I will be more than happy to have you on the crew,” Gilda's eyes began to shine with tears, “Thank you, Captain, I will not let you down,” I hugged Gilda, “Welcome aboard, my Nakama,” as I hugged her, everyone came in for a hug, and we stayed like that for a few minutes. "Hey, guys?" I asked my friends. "Yes?" They said. "I think I have a name for our crew," I said while standing back up, "At any point in our life, we were seen as creatures that society has abandoned and looked down upon us. Rainbow, you were kicked out of flight school for defending Fluttershy," Rainbow's face was a little angry, "Fluttershy, You were seen as easy pickings to the bullies at that same school," Fluttershy looked down in shame, "Pinkie, you were slaving away on a rock farm with no happiness until that fateful day that you founded it and wanted to spread it to the rest of world," Pinkie was now smiling a big smile, "Applejack, You wanted to live a different life, but those ponies in Manehattan only saw an small town earth pony trying to fit in and they didn't help you in any way," Applejack grimly nodded, "Rarity, Your beauty and eye for design goes unlooked and underrated to all of the ponies beyond Ponyville," Rarity whispered 'It's true,' "Twilight," Twilight looked up at me, "You are Celestia's most prized student and most if not all ponies see you as a spoiled pony and one not to care about," Twilight was a little shocked at what I said to her, "Spike, Being a dragon growing up around ponies. Even with a loving family, it was not easy. You were seen as a threat like all other dragons," Spike looked sad from that, "And Gilda," Gilda looked at me with tearful eyes, "You came to Equestria to escape the life of a slave and a fate far worse than death," Tears threatened to escape her eyes. "We are seen as the world's unwanted, never-loved, OUTCASTS. So that is why the name of our crew will be known as..." "THE OUTCASTS OF THE ABYSS!" To be continued. > Chapter 6 Trixie. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Twilight was busy working on her magic about a week after recruiting Gilda into the crew. Leaving me overseeing the whole thing as I like to see how far Twilight has come since our first meeting. "Come on, Twilight. You can do it," Spike cheered Twilight. "Remember deep breaths, in and out," I said to Twilight. "Okay, here we go," Twilight said as she began to cast the spell and her horn began to glow as Spike's muzzle glowed in Twilight's magical aura, and a moustache appeared on Spike's face. "Haha, you did it, Twilight," Spike said with happiness, "Growing magic, number twenty-five. Twenty-five different types of tricks and counting," Twilight blushed as I said, "Twilight, have I mentioned that you're amazing," “I think that this is the best trick you have done yet,” Spike said, then turned to a nearby mirror, “Why hello, Rarity. What’s that? Aw, it’s nothing, just my awesome mustache,” “Okay, Romeo,” Twilight said, “As attractive and enticing as you look, It’s just for practise; it’s time for it to go,” Twilight then lit up her horn with magic and made the mustache disappear. "Aw, shoot," Spike cursed but not like a sailor. "I sure you will find some other way to make Rarity love you someday, Spike," I said to him, trying to cheer him up. "Now, who what's to go for a nice, relaxing walk?" “Sure,” both Twilight and Spike said together as we left the library to go for a walk. As of now, the Ponies of Ponyville are far more friendly to me and are more talkative to me. For the waiting period, we have been training with both swords and firearms for our ship to be ready. To prepare for the Sea of Thieves and the dangers that await there. We also made some weapons for Gilda, and Rarity had already worked on her outfit. It was more like an Equestrian’s naval officer’s outfit mixed in with some things that made it fit more to a griffon like Gilda. As for weapons, she went with a griffon sword that looked more like a Celtic sword from my world and had two Flintlock Pistols to boot. ‘I wonder how her magic is going to work in the Sea of Thieves?’ I thought to myself. “GANGWAY!” Two voices came from behind us as two unicorns rushed through us and nearly knocked us over. “Snips, Snails. What are you two doing?” Spike asked them after recovering from the topple. “What, haven’t you heard?” Snails said as he knocked spike over again, “There’s a new unicorn in town!” “Yeah,” Snips said with happiness, “They say that she’s got more magical powers than any other unicorn ever!” Twilight looked a little insecure, “I’m sure that honour goes to my First Mate, Twilight,” I said, trying to make her happy. “Where is this unicorn anyway?” Twilight asked, but the two little unicorns had already left to see the new unicorn. “Maybe the town square?” I said, walking in the direction, “It has plenty of space for a show,” I motioned them to follow me to the Town square. We soon made it to the town square, and there was a carriage that was easy to not forget from my world’s version of this world. Then we hear, “Come one, come all. Come and witness the amazing magic of the great and powerful Trixie Lunamoon!” to which fireworks appeared and popped as they reached a certain height. Then reviled the light blue unicorn herself, Trixie Lunamoon. “Watch in awe as the Great and Powerful Trixie performs the most spectacular feats of magic you have ever seen!” Trixie continued as magic came out of her horn and made fireworks. "My, my, my," I overheard what Rarity said, "What boasting," "Even Rainbow never brags this much," Gilda said from behind me. "Nothing wrong with being talented, but there's no need to boast about it, like a school filly with new ribbons in her mane." Applejack said from my right. "It seems that we have some neigh sayers in my crowd," Trixie said. Then she saw me and my crewmates around me. "Well, well, well, if it isn't the newest Pirates in the whole world. A little far from your ship, are you?" "Hey, there's no need to attack our Captain and our friends," Fluttershy said, surprising me and everyone around us. "So what do you have to say, 'Captain'? Or are you just scared of my power?" Trixie bragged again, and then I thought of something great. "If you can defeat me, one on one, with one Cutlass for you and Cutlass one for me, you can continue to brag about your tall tales all you like. But if I win, you will join my crew, by your own making, of course," I challenged her, to which she just had a cocky look on her face. "You can't be serious about this?" Twilight said to me, as the rest of the crew looked at me like, 'What the hell are you doing now?'. “Trixie’s abilities can be of use to us in the Sea of Thieves, and we do need more crewmates on our crew after all,” I countered my First Mate. “Fine,” Trixie said to me, “Midday tomorrow, be ready for a beating,” “Agree, Miss Lunamoon," I said, shaking her hoof. The next day came, to which it was a Saturday midday, and I showed up with my crew and all of Ponyville, and I do mean all of Ponyville. Even the foals from school show up to see me fight Trixie. And to my surprise, Trixie did show up, and she was itching for a fight. “Are you sure you want to do this, Captain? I mean, I do want more friends on the crew but, I'm not sure that this is the way to do it,” Twilight said to me as I prepared for the first duel of my Pirate career. “I’m sure about this, Twilight,” I said to her, “Trixie is a good pony. She needs to be knocked down a peg or two. To see that bragging is not going to get the attention she wants, and believe me, I seen where that leads to.” Twilight was about to say something when some laughter came from the other side of the duelling ring, “The only thing I need is to show you what happens to those who speak bad things about me,” Trixie said as she grabbed a Cutlass from Snips and Snails, who was now following her and being her servants. I stood up and began to walk to her with Cutlass in hand, “You should know when bragging gets too much in your head,” (Cue Wake The White Wolf by Miracle of Sound.) Torches of war under hatred's sails A whisper of doom on a wary breeze Scorching the shores in a blazing trail Cinder and fume foul the air we breathe Blood of fallen kings Blades of chaos ring Steel and silver sing For justice Keen to the scent, the hunt is my muse A means to an end this path that I choose Lost and aloof are the loves of my past Wake the White Wolf! Remembrance at last Wake the White Wolf at the dawn of war The end of the age is a-coming now Sign of flame will sting Punishment I bring Steel and silver sing For justice Keen to the scent, the hunt is my muse A means to an end this path that I choose Lost and aloof are the loves of my past Wake the White Wolf! Remembrance at last Wake the White Wolf at the dawn of war The end of the age is a-coming now “I decide what I want out of my life,” Trixie said as she charged at me. To which I began to sing and deflect her attacks. Trixie had a hard time trying to make me make a mistake. As we fight the ponies around us, watching us, Trixie is owned by a creature of myth and legend. Ravaging the rivers, scorching the shores Fires in the night, the torches of war Ravaging the rivers, scorching the shores Fires in the night, the torches of war Wake the Wolf Wake the White Wolf Wake the Wolf Wake the White Wolf Ravaging the rivers, scorching the shores Fires in the night, the torches of war Ravaging the rivers, scorching the shores Fires in the night, the torches of war Wake the Wolf Wake the White Wolf Wake the Wolf Wake the White Wolf Wake the White Wolf at the dawn of war The end of the age is a-coming now I decided to step it up a notch and began to attack Trixie and show her how strong a trained Pirate, like me, is. Trixie now was had her belly on the ground and was sweating with fear. Then I offered a hand to get off the ground. (Song end) Trixie looked defeated and was now beginning to leave for her carriage. Then I stop her. “I’m sorry, Trixie, I guess I went too far with my singing and attacks,” Trixie sighed and looked down at her hoofs, “Well, to be fair, you are taller and stronger than me, and I attack first by bragging and charging at you,” “Well, you need to know that bragging about yourself that never happen to you, like your tall tales, is never a good thing.” I said to her, “And I can show you how to be a better pony by joining me and seeing first-hand the adventures you’ll get to have in the Sea of Thieves.” Trixie looked at me and said, “The Sea of Thieves is not real. I should know. I have travelled across Equestria, and sure I have heard about it from sailors in far off seaside towns, but not enough to know it’s real or not,” “I know,” I said to her, “But it is real, and I can take you there if you want to,” “Well, I did lose to you, so I guess I can join you. Besides, I was going to join you anyway. My sword skills are not as good as you saw, and I was hoping to be your second Fighter,” Trixie said while smiling at me. I chuckled, "Welcome aboard, Trixie Lulamoon," I said as my crew came in for a group hug. To be continued. > Chapter 7 Zecora. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Three weeks have passed since Trixie has joined the crew and became friends with us all in the process. Now we have a First Mate, a First Mate Assistant, two Fighters, a Cook, a Beastmaster, a Musician, an Outfit-Maker, a Quartermaster, each of whom wishes to get to the Sea of Thieves as soon as possible. But there’s no doctor to heal our crew when we get hit or injured. And I hope I can find someone to fill that position, sure the Ferry of the Dammed can help with that, in the Sea of Thieves but not outside of it. Luckily, I know a pony or rather a zebra that will be perfect for the job. Today was a beautiful, but quiet day in Ponyville, only there's no other ponies around the town's streets, except for myself, Twilight, Spike, Gilda and Trixie. "Anyone else feeling like that it's too quiet?" Trixie said to all of us. "Yeah, I have that feeling too," Twilight said, "You don't think something happened?" "PSST!" Pinkie's voice came from SugarCube Corner, "Get over here, now!" "Pinkie, what's going on now?" Gilda asked her. "Just get in here, NOW!" Rainbow said as she drags us into the shop. "Alright, what's with all my Pirates being scared in this shop? Is it something that you can't explain or something?" I asked them, but I already know what's going on. "We are hiding from her," Fluttershy said pointing her hoof out the window, being the brave Pirate Captain and wanting to show my crew that I'm not afraid of anything, I walked outside and saw her for myself. There she was, digging the ground, with a cloak on her body. “Hello there,” I greeted the zebra, “What brings you to Ponyville?” She then looked at me and smiled, “Ah, you must be the Pirate that I have heard about, you are probably wondering why I’m out?” “To look for some ingredients for a potion or two, but all of Ponyville is scared of you," I said, and I didn't mean to rhyme at all. "Yes, I can see, but you are not scared of me," she replied to me. "They are just scared because you look different from everyone else," I said, "And believe me when I say, that I have seen this behaviour from my world all the time," Zecora looked at me and said, “It is natural for ponies to be scared of something that they don’t know, and most of your people call it, Racism, was it?” “True,” I said then realised what she said, “Two things, one, how did you know that word? And second, you didn’t rhyme,” “Yes, I know of that word, and it gets annoying to think of words that rhyme’s with what you are trying to say,” Zecora replied to me, then added, “And if you want me on your crew, then count me in for the ride, and the chance to learn about the magic of the Sea of Thieves,” Then I heard tribal horns on the air. “That’s great, and all and I am looking for a doctor like you, for some time now. But I don’t think that my crew or all of Ponyville is convinced about you, yet.” I said with a knowing tone in my voice. (Cue Mother of Flame by Miracle of Sound and Sharm.) “I hear you, but maybe this will help with that,” Zecora said as she began to sing for me. Zecora: Flashes of frailty and thoughts of red doors Climb from the dirt to the skies Bloodlines that failed me compel nothing more Ambition it burns in his eyes. Cast beyond duty and passed through the scorn Voices that warn the discreet Whisper of beauty that's born of the storm And the tremors of eight thousand feet. Outcasts of the Abyss:Unbound Bellows of war resound Through high walls Tyrants of toil will fall. As if I knew what Zecora is saying and begins to sing by myself. William Hunter: Lord of the free The breaker of chains Empires will cry out my name Look to the sea To follow my claim Become the freedom's bright flame! Accept the new or die out in the old Ruthless my justice and truth Planting the seeds through my cities of gold Rip out the weeds by the root. Lord of the free The breaker of chains Empires will cry out my name Look to the sea To follow my claim Become the freedom's bright flame! Outcasts: Unburnt Spokes on the wheel still turn To crush down Unleash the hordes unbound. William Hunter: Bound no more Let my children soar To the distant shores We will glide over the world As the choir sang in the background, I felt my body change with magic of equine and piratical. Becoming a perfect union of two worlds, the Sea of Thieves and Equestria. As a Disney song once said; "Two world, one family," Lord of the free The breaker of chains Empires will cry out my name Look to the sea To follow my claim Become the freedom's bright flame! (End song) Everyone looked up and saw what had happened to me. “What are you all staring at me for?” I was the first to ask, now knowing something was wrong with my body. “You. Are. An. ALICORN!” One pony yelled in shock at me, and all of my crew were shocked and caught off guard. Twilight saw me and nearly fainted, “Will, you’re an Alicorn!” “What?” I said before I looked at myself and saw that I was not only an Alicorn but was still in my Pirate Captains outfit, "Okay, I am not freaking out right now," I said in-between quick breaths. "I'm an Alicorn. And there is no explaining about what just happened." As I looked at myself I was not only an Alicorn but I had the colours of Celestia herself as well. "There is a simple reason as to, why you have changed my friend," A voice came from behind my tail. "The Sea of Thieves and the whole world has seen your friendship, companionship and your devotion to your crew for such a short while. And knows that it needs a new Pirate Lord to answer freedom’s call." Ramsey said to my crew, and I as he and Celestia stand behind me as I fall over my new legs. “But, we haven’t entered the Sea of Thieves, yet. And I’ve known my crew for a month or two.” I said as I tried to stand up. “Perhaps there’s a reason as to why you were born an Alicorn?” Celestia said with some sense of hope in her voice. “But there is no way I became an Alicorn in my world,” I said, then it clicks as Celestia began to sing. (Cue Once Upon A December from Anastasia soundtrack) Celestia: Dancing Bears Painted Wings Things I almost remember. And a song someone sings Once upon a December. Someone holds me safe and warm. Horses prance through a silver storm. Figures dancing gracefully across my memory. Celestia and Ramsey: Far away, Long ago, Glowing dim as an ember, Things my heart Used to know Things it yearns to remember Once upon a December. As she and Ramsey sings, memories began to fill my eyes, as well as tears, as I soon remembered their lullaby that she sang. Celestia and Ramsey: Someone holds me safe and warm. Horses prance through a silver storm. Figures dancing gracefully across my memory. Far away, Long ago, Glowing dim as an ember, Things my heart Used to know Things it yearns to remember And a song someone sings Once upon a December... “Mom, dad?” I asked Celestia with tears pouring out of my eyes. “You remember us?” Mom asked me with tears coming out of her eyes. “MOM! DAD!” I said as I rushed into their forelegs for a hug, as Mom and Dad embraced me in their forelegs and their wings, crying as we let out our tears. To be continued. > Chapter 8 The Gala. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tonight was going to be the night of myself and my Nakama. It’s the night of the Grand Galloping Gala. It’s going to test our resolve and test the nobles of Canterlot of how they're going to react to Gilda and Zecora. And think of how my Mom and Aunt have employed us into the navy and invited Pirates to the Gala and the fact that I'm the long lost son of Princess Celestia and Ramsey Singh. I should probably explain how that is even possible. Mom and Dad discovered that Mom was carrying me just a few weeks after Dad's first voyage to the Sea of Thieves. And no, they did not make love before they got married. Mom said it was the magic of the Sea of Thieves, and possibly the whole world willed me into existence and Mom gave birth to me as what I am today. As for how I came to the human world is something that Mom did not want to talk about, so Dad told me that I was foalnapped from my castle home and taken to the human world by none other than Captain Flameheart. Who found out about me and cast me to earth as a way to slowly destroy my family. And maybe cause another Nightmare Moon or worse than that. After they both explained how I became an Alicorn, one born by Celestia and Ramsey Singh and how I went to earth, a party was held in my honour, to which all of Ponyville came and had fun. Some weeks passed by quickly, and during that time, my Nakama and I bonded more closely and became more and more friendly to each other and continued to grow the crew bond. And let me tell you that the crew bond is sacred, no matter what you may think of it. We were preparing for the Gala, and all of my crew were taking their time with their Gala dresses. But unfortunately, Gilda, Trixie and Zecora did not get dresses ready in time. Luckily Mom said that my crew and I could wear out. Pirate outfits and Rarity made more fitting outfits for both Trixie and Zecora. Trixie was wearing a white sailor’s shirt with a light purple bandana around her neck as sailors did in the old days, a bright purple sash going around her waist and a light blue bandana on her head. Zecora was wearing what a can describe as the same outfit as the Order of Souls, but more fitting for her like a few potions and a necklace more like from her homeland. “You sure you can’t just call a pegasus chariot to go to the Gala, Will?” Twilight asked me. “I may be a Prince of Equestria and the heir of the Sea of Thieves, Twilight,” I said to her, “But I don’t want to come off as a demanding Prince, like my many times removed cousin Blueblood.” and yes, my readers, Mom said that I was not only a Prince of Equestria but also the rightful heir to the Sea of Thieves that is according to Dad. “I sure your Mom can make it happen with just this one exception, just this once,” Rarity said to me as a giant pegasus chariot came from the sky and landed outside Rarity’s shop. It was big enough to fit all of my crew and then some more. "Well, it seems that she must have heard about our problem," Pinkie pointed out. "Yes, it seems like it," I said as I approached one of the guards pulling the chariot. "I guess my Mom sent you here?" I asked the leading guard. "Yes your majesty, but it was Prince Blueblood who called for us to get you and your retainers,” the leading guards-pony said to me. “Retainers?” my crew said together. “Yes, he has asked my squad to pick all of you up and take you to the Gala,” the guard replied to us. “Thank you, good sir,” I said to the guard, “We should get going, we don’t want to keep Mom waiting,” “Yes, sir!” all of my crew said at the same time. “Your majesty, we’re here,” a guard called to me as we landed at the front of the castle gates. “Thank you,” I said as my crew jumps out of the chariot. “Enjoy the rest of the night,” I then told as the guards saluted me and took off into the night. “You’ve been a Prince for a few weeks, and you already know how to act like one,” a voice came from the gates, I turned to see it was Blueblood himself, smiling like a cocky Prince that he is. “It’s good to see you too, Cousin,” I said in a formal tone, “And thank you for the ride,” “It was nothing, Cousin,” Blueblood replied to me, then turned to my crew, “So these are your retainers, and they are not dressed right for the night,” “Mom said that we could wear what makes us comfortable and as what we are going to be, in a few days,” I said, not hiding my pride. Blueblood approached me and whispered, “It will be your head if the Union finds out about this, that a Prince of Equestria is going to live the life as a Pirate,” then he stepped away from me and said, “Follow me, my good friends,” “Is something going on between you two?” Zecora asked me, “I’ve heard only whispers, and it sound like it was a threat towards you,” “Its nothing, Zecora,” I said to her. “Are you sure?” I said as I raised my left forehoof to her muzzle. “If Blueblood makes a mistake by trying to hurt either me or all of you, then it will be on him,” I said to the whole crew, who was listening to what I was speaking to Zecora. “If you say so, Captain,” Applejack said, “Now we have a Party to get to,” We then headed to the ballroom, where Mom was waiting for us. “The son of Princess Celestia and the Heir to the Kingdom of Equestria, Prince William Hunter and his retainers!” The Announcer said as we walked into the ballroom. Right away, the Noble Ponies saw me and nearly fainted at the sight of myself, my Nakama and, I imagine, the outfits that we were wearing tonight. “It’s so wonderful to see you again my son,” Mom said with a tear in her eye, “and you look so handsome tonight,” I blushed, “Well, you said we could come in our Pirate outfits,” I countered her in a teasing tone. “Yes, I did. But right now, I think we need to talk about that thing,” Mom said with a wink. “Yes, we do,” I said and turned to my crew, “Before we begin the Gala, there’s something that we must do,” “What are you planning, Will,” Twilight murmured to herself. We headed for the public gardens, where Dad and Aunt Luna was waiting for me. ”There’s my colt,” Dad said as myself, Mom and my crew came into view. ”Now, my dear Pirate, he had just arrived at the Gala just a few minutes ago, ” Mom said to Dad, “Is everything ready, Sister?” “Yes, Tia, we are ready to do this,” Aunt Luna said, “But, I have to ask you, my Nephew. How do you know that he will escape in a few days?” I sighed, “That’s the thing, he will escape, Mom will make him an ally of Equestria, and he will cause more chaos than even the most insane Ponies will care to admit to him,” I said as I walked to the statue of the most chaotic creature in the whole of fiction. Discord. "You don't need to explain again, my Son, you already told me about the future and what will happen if we do not act soon," Mom said to me, trying to cheer me up. “Thank Mom, it will be nice to know that Equestria will be safe while Myself and my crew are away from our homes,” I said as I began to activate my horn. and yes, Twilight was the one who was teaching me magic and Rainbow teaching me to fly as soon as my transformation back to my pony form and I was more comfortable with it. (Cue Shiver my Timbers, from Muppets Treasure Island,) “Are you all ready?” I asked my family and my crew to which they all nodded as we all begin to sing. As soon as Discord’s Statue prison was broken, Mom, Dad and Aunt Luna, caught him in magical chains as I pulled a Flintlock from a holster and pointed at his head, as myself and Mom sang the last part of the song. And in a flash of powder and fire, Discord was now and forever gone, dead at last. “It’s over, my Son, Discord is no more,” Mom said to me as I took a deep breath in. “Now there is peace in the future,” I said to Mom and everyone else. “Now, how about we head back to the Gala?” Everyone nodded and headed back to the ballroom. All of my crew was in joying the Gala thanks to some changes to the whole thing. Mostly because I asked my Mom to let there be more ponies from all corners of Equestria, and to my surprise, she said yes. All kinds of ponies came from all around the kingdom and, much to the nobles hate and criticism, they were a likable lot. Many of whom supported me and my trip to the Sea of Thieves and want to join my crew, to which I politely declined. “Where’s Will?” Rainbow said as the rest of the crew gathered at the stage. I told them to wait at the stage as the Gala was beginning to close off for the year. The whole room went dark and a spotlight shined on me, on the stage that I was now on. “This is a song from my human world, and it is a classic that I sing, so I hope you will all enjoy,” I said as the music began to play. (Cue ‘I am Australian’ by The Seekers) The crowd cheer and stomped their hooves together as the party continues into the night. To be continued. > Chapter 9 Leaving the Manehatten Port. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Today was the day. Today we leave Equestria for the Sea of Thieves. To say that my friends are all excited about the voyages that we are going on would be an understatement. Twilight was looking forward to learning all about the history and lore that the Pirates have to offer. Spike was more than excited to see a real nation of Pirates. Applejack was thinking about how much trouble there was going to be and how to avoid it. Rainbow was blabbering about how she is going to be the first of the crew to become Pirate Legend. Rarity talked about how she is going to make the most swashbuckling worthy outfit for the crew. Fluttershy was quietly thinking about how she could best tame the monsters of the Sea of Thieves. Pinkie couldn’t stop talking about how she is going to throw every single Pirate who becomes Pirate Legend a party. Gilda was more than glad that we are leaving the old world behind for something new for her new life as a Pirate. Trixie is still curious about how a nation of Pirates has lasted for nearly 36 years with only little problems. And lastly, Zecora was suggesting to stock up on ingredients before we enter the Sea of Thieves. As for myself. I’ve never been more excited and terrified about for filling my dream of becoming the next great Pirate of Legends, alongside my friends. Terrified is an understatement for sure. Because I had some dreams recently about the Sea of Thieves, and they remind me of the ‘Insider Program’ from the human world’s version of the Sea of Thieves. Not going to revile what’s in those dreams, but all I can say is there is something to do with fire. The ship was beautiful and more significant than I thought it was going to be. Words fail to describe it, and the best I can give is that it looks like the Frigate from the ’Skull and Bones’ video game. It has cannons from port to starboard, all of the sails were pure black and had the Sea of Thieves Reapers Mark on some of the sails, but the Reaper’s Mark skulls were not blood red like the one in the Sea of Thieves, and the hull is a pitch-black colour. It had armour plating on the hull, deck and even on the cabin walls. There was a lot of cannons, sixty cannons on both the Port and Starboard sides of the ship. Six Swivel Guns, four on the main deck and two near the upper deck. A Ship's Ram on the bow of the ship. Ten Front Cannons inside the ship's bow and the figurehead was the Bone Crusher Figurehead on top of the Ship's Ram. All in all, an excellent ship for an excellent Pirate crew such as ours. “This ship is huge!” was the response from the whole crew. “I can’t believe that the Princesses would build a ship for us, that is not only big enough for all of us, but they painted it for us as well!” Twilight said to me in amazement. “How did you get to commission a ship this big and powerful, from Princesses Celestia and Luna?” Twilight then asked me. “I, I, I didn’t,” My response was, “Mom ordered a ship for us before we became Pirates. I didn’t think that we get a ship this big!” I pointed at the ship, “And I not hating it or anything, but it’s too big to go through the Shroud,” “That’s where you're wrong my Pirate Son,” Mom said from behind us, “The ship’s metal parts are from the ancient coins that Ramsey has given to my forgers and was then used to make the Frigate that you see behind you,” “If I remember correctly, those coins have the power to move the Shroud away from them, so that means the ship that you have made for us is Shroud-proof?” I asked Mom. “Indeed my good Pirate,” Mom said to me, “And don’t worry, the Pirates of the Sea of Thieves have already tested it,” “Let me guess, by trailing a ship which was owned by the G.M.U that had its hull full of those ancient coins that have the power to move the shroud away from them, like the Shroudbreaker?” I guessed. Mom nodded, “You are right, my Son,” she said, “With the knowledge of the Sea of Thieves in your mind, there will be no problem that you or crew can solve. You are more than ready for the adventures you will be having in the Sea of Thieves.” Some tears begin to come out of my eyes, “I will not fail you or the names of Freedom and Piracy, Mom,” I said to Mom as I hugged her. I turned to my crew, “We should name the ship before we leave,” I told them. Rainbow groaned, “Do we have to, Will?” she said, wanting to get on with the voyage, “Can’t we call it the ship?” I shook my head, “We have to give it a name, so that way all Pirates and the world will know about us, one way or another,” I told her, “And I’m thinking about. ‘The Pirate Prince’,” As I said what I said, some magic began to come out of my horn as I wrote the name of our new ship on the back of it, where you put the name of the vessel on in big, gold letters. “Now that that's been settled,” I said to the crew then turning to Mom and then hugged her goodbye, "It's time to go to see Dad in the Sea of Thieves," "Promise you'll write, Will?" Mom asked me. "Yes, I will, Mom" I replied to her as I turned and boarded The Prince. All of the crew was standing at attention waiting for my orders, "This voyage has begun. Raise the gangplank!" I said as the crew got to work like a well-oiled machine, "Loose the docking lines, raise the anchor!" I continued to order them as I made my way to the helm, "Lower sails, let's get going!" I said then the sails begun to lower and the wind and tides were with us. "Full Sail to the Sea of Thieves!" I bellowed as my crew began to sing. (Cue Santiano by Santiano with translated and changed lyrics.) [William Hunter Singh] Farewell is difficult when my girl says goodbye, Cast off - (Full speed) Santiano, The tears are salty and deep like the Sea, But my Pirate’s heart burns so brightly. [William and the crew] As long as the Sea and the wind carries us, Raise the sail, full speed, Santiano, Straight ahead, when the Sea calls to us, We set out into the sunset. [Twilight Sparkle] The sails are stretched and are on the wind, Cast off - (Full speed) Santiano, See there, where the moon sinks, We want to be there before the day begins. [William and the crew] As long as the Sea and the wind carries us, Raise the sail - Full speed, Santiano, Straight ahead, when the Sea calls to us, We set out into the sunset. [Spike] I do not need a home, And I do not need money, Cast off - (Full speed) Santiano, Our castle is the Sea of Thieves, Our ceiling is the heavenly night sky. [instrumental] [William and the crew] As long as the Sea and the wind carries us, Raise the sail - Full speed, Santiano, Straight ahead, when the Sea calls to us, We set out into the sunset. [William Hunter Singh] Farewell is difficult when my girl says goodbye, Cast off - (Full speed) Santiano, The tears are salty and deep like the Sea, But my Pirate’s heart burns so brightly. [William and the crew] As long as the Sea and the wind carries us, Raise the sail - Full speed, Santiano, Straight ahead, when the Sea calls to us, We set out into the sunset. As long as the Sea and the wind carries us, Raise the sail - Full speed, Santiano, Straight ahead, when the Sea calls to us, We set out into the Sea of Thieves. (Shanty end) The whole of the ship cheered as the song ended. To be continued. > Chapter 10 Entering the Sea of Thieves. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- The next week, we arrived at the border of the Sea of Thieves. Before we sail through the Shroud, I decided to do something. Twilight blew a whistle to get everyone’s attention, “Roll call!” Twilight yelled as she handed me the list of crewmates. Everyone I called out gave me an ‘Aye’, ‘Aye aye’ or a ‘Yes sir. “First Mate Twilight Sparkle, First Mate assistant Spike, First Fighter Rainbow dash, Pirate Cook Applejack, Beastmaster Fluttershy, Pirate Musician Pinkie Pie, Pirate Outfit Maker Rarity, Quartermaster Gilda, Second Fighter Trixie Lunamoon, Pirate Doctor Zecora.” And I can’t believe that I’m saying this, “And lastly Cabin Fillies Applebloom, Sweetie Belle and Scootaloo.” “HERE, CAPTAIN!” The CMC yelled together. Funny story about that, on how the CMC came aboard The Prince. It was only two hours into our voyage, and I found the CMC hiding in my Captain’s Cabin and, oh boy to say that their sisters and Rainbow was not happy and were beyond peeved was the understatement of the whole voyage. And seriously they were not happy. But with some conviving, they were able to stay as Cabin Fillies. As long as they remain on the ship and try to earn their place on the crew. They will not be harmed, in any way. "Alright, mates," I said to the crew, "This is the last chance you will see the wider world, as they call it in the Sea of Thieves, as we enter the Pirate's Paradise for the first time. There you will meet all kinds of Pirates. From those who want to be friends with us to those who will try to sink our ship and steal our treasure but know this, once you all become a Pirate Legend, you will be recognised as those who will lead the future of the Sea of Thieves. we will be tasked to help and guide rookie Pirates, to help defeat the foes that threaten our sea and help make improvements to the sea as well." (Cue Maiden Voyage from the Sea of Thieves Soundtrack.) "So, let's get going to the SEA OF THIEVES!" I yelled the last part, and the crew went crazy, in an organised kind of crazy. The anchor was raised, the sails were lowered, and the winds are at our backs, as we sailed through the Devils Shroud. Just like what Mom said about the metals on The Prince, the whole of the ship is now the first Shroud-Proof ship in the whole world, and it was a Pirate ship, not a G.M.U ship. As we sailed through the Shroud, we can see the ships of past attempts to enter the Sea of Thieves, from ships that are larger than ours, but also some vessels that were small like the sloop. My crew can see the likes of Megalodons, Skeleton Ships and the Kraken from the edges of the Shroud and they were both scared and amazed as they saw the current threats in the Sea of Thieves. “I see land!” Rainbow called from the crow’s nest, as I rushed to the front of the ship, pulled out my spyglass and looked to see what she said was true. “I see it two, Rainbow. Sanctuary Outpost is in sight! We are in the Sea of Thieves!” I then announced to my crew to which they cheered at the news. (Song End) As we docked at the main pier of the docks, the one where the ships spawn at, we were greeted by the locals, and they were curious about how a ship the size of The Prince can get through the Shroud. Until they saw me as I glided down to the pier and to say that they were surprised is another understatement of the voyage. And remember that I am still an Alicorn and still have my Pirate Captain outfit on. “Now this is not what I would see in my life,” Humphrey the diamond dog said in shock. “Now, now everyone,” I said to them calmly, “I know that you have a lot of questions, so, introductions are in order. My name is William Hunter, Captain of The Pirate Prince. And heir to the Sea of Thieves,” “How are you the heir to the Sea of Thieves, my good captain?” A voice came from the other side of the crowd, and I knew whose voice that was. Everyone turned to see who it was, he was an average size pony with a bright yellow coat with a dark brown mane and tail, and he was wearing a Pirate Captain’s outfit but only more noble like clothing. And his Pirate bicorn, the side facing his face, was the symbol of a great Sea of Thieves Youtuber from the human world. “Captain Falcore?” I said in disbelief. "Yes, I see that you know of me," Falcore said to me as he approaches me, “And it is nice to finally meet the next Pirate Lord, maybe the next Pirate King of the Sea of Thieves,” “I wouldn’t go that far, especially just as I arrived in the Sea of Thieves,” I said to Falcore, holding out a hoof to shake. Falcore shakes my hoof, "I know, but you are an Alicorn, so, I can see that you will do great things for the Sea and beyond," “Now then, how about I give your crew a nice Sea of Thieves welcome?” Falcore then said as he turned and headed for the local tavern. “Well, he seems nice, for a Pirate,” Twilight said to me. “That there is Captain Falcore,” I told Twilight and the crew as we headed for the tavern, “He is a great and important Pirate to the Sea of Thieves. He researches the lore and history of the Sea of Thieves, and is a well-respected member of the community,” “I see, who knew that Pirates respect each other,” Twilight wondered out loud. “Only those who gained the respect of others can be respected,” I told her. The tavern was packed. There were Pirates of all races from the world of ‘Friendship is Magic’, including ones from the comics as well. There was Ponies, Griffons, Dragons, Zebras, Minotaurs, Sea Ponies, Hippogriffs, Yaks, Changelings, Deerfolk, Kirins, Reindeer, and many more. “There you are Falcore!” A voice came from the bar, to which I turned my head and saw a black griffon version of Hitbotc, the Cursed Captain as he is called in the community, alongside a Changeling that was dressed in all black clothing. “I was wondering where you run off to,” “Just inviting my new friend to the Sea of Thieves,” Falcore said and introduced me to his friends, “This here is the newest Pirate in the seas, Captain William Hunter Singh,” “So, you’re the Pirate that EveryPirate is talking about?” the changeling asked me, and I knew who he is now, Pace22, who I like to call, The Tucker, for reasons I am sure that all of us will understand. “Yes, I am,” I answered Pace, “I take it you’re Pace and Hitbotc,” Both Pace and Hitbotc stared at me with wide eyes, “You know of us?” Hitbotc said in a surprised voice, “But I thought NoPirate about the Sea of Thieves or who lives in it,” “Yeah, unless you can read minds or something?” Pace said in the same tone. “The truth is that I have seen your human counterparts from the human world that while I was living there,” I told them, “So I do know of you all, but not everything,” “Like how we are Pirate Legends and members of the Pirate Lord’s Pirate Government?” A voice came from behind me, and it was a rather tall, white Hippogriff that had a new mark on his greatcoat like a badge that, again, reminded me of another Pirate that is well known in the Sea of Thieves community. “Captain Jay of The Crow’s Nest?” I said to which he raised an eyebrow. “You do know us?” Jay said to me in a calm voice, “Your father was right,” “You know about Dad?” I ask Jay, “But I thought that only my Mom, Dad and a hoofful of Ponies know about it?” “It is true, mate,” another voice came from the doorway of the tavern, I turned to a yak that had a brown coat and a straw tricorne on with a seagull feather coming out of his hat. “The Pirate Lord told us about you, your crew and your time In the human world. And the fact that you know our human counterparts from the human version of The Sea of Thieves,” “Captain JesseTattoo?” I ask the yak. "Yes, I am, and let me say that you are more like a Pirate Commander," JesseTattoo said with Pirate happiness, "Maybe a Pirate Commander-in-Chief," I glared at JesseTattoo, "You do realise that myself and my crew just arrived in the Sea of Thieves a few hours ago, don't you?" I told not just JesseTattoo but all of the legendary Captains who I remember from the human's version of the Sea of Thieves. "True, but you are the Heir to the Sea of Thieves, so we have the greatest respect for you," yet another familiar voice comes in the tavern, and this time it is an orange dragon with a big, red beard, going down to the top of his chest. He was Beardageddon. And behind him was Dad himself, standing tall like the royal Pirate that he is, and I couldn't be prouder to be called the Son. “There he is, the Son of Piracy and Harmony,” Dad said, making me blush in embarrassment. “Dad! Not in public,” I whined as everyone snickered, “Why are you here anyway, besides meeting me here?” “Well, I want to see for myself how you would handle my new Pirate Government Members,” Dad told me, “And to see your first ship, of course. nothing is more important than a Pirate’s first ship, what did you name her?” “I name her ‘The Pirate Prince’,” I told Dad, not hiding my pride, “And what about this Pirate Government that mentioned?” “Well, that my Son,” Dad said, putting a hoof on my shoulder and saying, “It is a government that I decided to form to make the Sea of Thieves an official country and eventually a kingdom for you,” “You may know them from the human world as content creators,” Dad continued, “But these guys are going to lead the Sea of Thieves into greatness!” he finishes as the tavern cheer at his words. (Cue Ascension by Miracle of Sound and Karliene) “Don’t worry my Son. I will help you in any way,” Dad told me as the ‘Pirate Six’ began to sing. Pirate Six: Wandering hearts, unlikely friends Facing the fall together Never to part until the end Staring into forever And the tavern went wild as a party to rival Pinkie’s parties starts. Everyone was playing kind of instrument and rocking the place as one at the time, each member of the Pirate Six sang their backstory. (Falcore gets my attention as he sings first and acts like a noble before turning into the pirate that I knew) Captain Falcore: Kin of the tyrant, a dynasty failed Fog clouds my thoughts in a terrible tale Drive it away with a swift ocean gale And I'm finding the source of it all (Jesse starts jumping around the tavern, cause the tavern to shake and makes me and my crew loose some footing and then hugs me in a way only Yaks can do, and by that I mean the backbreaking way which made my back feel a lot better now) Jessetattoo: Cheers of the crowd and the strum of the string Hearts fill with doting delight when I sing But onto my throat something sinister clings And I'm finding the source of it all (Captain Jay sings sorrowfully about him being the 'last of his kind' and removes his Hippogriff-like mask to reveal half of his face is skeleton-like) Captain Jay of the Crow's Nest: Face of forever, the last my kind Speak through the masks that I've hidden behind Histories hewn in the crypts of my mind And I'm finding the source of it all (Falcore sings next and reveals the wonders of the Sea of Thieves to me and my crew of Nakama) Captain Falcore: Hammers and fire combine Out of the bonds Rising into the divine Hold back the beyond Pirate Six: Echoes of life Drink from the well to ascend Gods have awoken Echoes of life Tearing the threads of the veil again Everyone, throughout the outpost and the whole of the Sea of Thieves, can hear our voices and began to sing with us. (HitboTC was now swinging his pistols around his talons while singing his piece of the song. Near the end, he points at me, giving me a little fright from it and then lifts his gun away from me) HitboTC: Orders of godhood to wolves in the night Wicked the sins that I've come to put right A name on the bolt, a face in my sights And I'm finding the source of it all (Pace sings his piece as he holds a dagger in his green Changeling magic and looks at me with an emptiness in both his voice and his face, and then throws his dagger at me but only to be caught by the bloodred dragon at as next to me) Pace22: Slave to the scar and the torturous tone Shackled to violence, I've hunted my own Vengeance will grant me the means to atone And I'm finding the source of it all (Beardageddon sings now and recalls his time of being the next heir of the Dragon Lands) Beardageddon: Noble of nature and scarlet of scale Destined to ever be held up and hailed Fallen from grace with a tear in the veil And I'm finding the source of it all (Dad was now singing his piece) Ramsey Singh, the Pirate Lord: Hammers and fire combine Purging the curse Rising into the divine History moves in reverse Pirate Six: Echoes of life Drink from the well to ascend Gods are awoken Echoes of life Tearing the threads of the veil again Echoes of life Drink from the well to ascend Gods are awoken Echoes of life Tearing the threads of the veil again As the instruments continued to play in the background, me and my crew begin our adventures in the Sea of Thieves from digging up chests of treasure, hunting down Skeleton Captains, delivering animals for the Merchants, to fighting krakens and Megs to fighting other pirates at Skeleton Forts and Skeleton Fleets. All while having the best time of our pirate lives. As the music calms of a minute, I soon began to sing, and then my whole crew sings as well. William Hunter Singh and Twilight Sparkle: Wandering hearts, unlikely friends, Facing the fall together! Never to part until the end, Staring into forever! William Hunter Singh and the Outcasts of the Abyss: Wandering hearts, unlikely friends, Facing the fall together! Never to part until the end, Staring into forever! William, the Outcasts, Golden Sands Outpost, the Pirate Six and my Ramsey Singh: Wandering hearts, unlikely friends, Facing the fall together! Never to part until the end, Staring into forever! William Hunter Singh: Wandering hearts, unlikely friends, Facing the fall together! Never to part until the end, Staring into forever! Wandering hearts, unlikely friends, Facing the fall together! Never to part until the end, Staring into forever! (End song) To be continued. > Chapter 11 Bounties and a new enemy. > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- (3rd person view) While our heroes are enjoying their new friends, on the other side of the Shroud and in Equestria, in the city of Manehatten, there’s a building that belongs to a great and powerful union holds the headquarters of the union. It has a grip on over half of Equestria’s farms, villages, mines, population, and it is only growing more powerful with every purchase it, and it’s minions that make it happen. They are known as the Grand Maritime Union. And their main goal is to make PonyKind a world power. One that is both loved by ponies and feared by all those who serve it, both willing and unwilling. Their saying, ‘Only the Union, gets what it wants.’ And leading this Union is no one else but Princess Celestia’s former student, Sunset Shimmer. Who came to the G.M.U to become something more than a regular pony. Believing that she still has a greater destiny ahead of her, and deserves to rule all of Equestria. And you may be thinking why did Sunset join the G.M.U, well, she found out that not only her teacher is married to the Pirate Lord Ramsey Singh, but also that both Celestia and Ramsey had a son that was lost to them by a Skeleton Lord. But it was the former that angered Sunset the most. I mean if you think about it, the leader of the kingdom you live in your whole life, the symbol of harmony in the world, married a Pirate. But not any Pirate, the Pirate Lord. When Sunset came to the G.M.U, she was desperate to get back to a place of power. The leader of the Union called the President, decided to make her his apprentice, in the way of real power and politics of the world and ingrained in Sunset’s mind that Ponies are the real-world power and has been stripped of that position, since the founding of the kingdom. Over the years of Sunset’s training and regrowth into a more racial and a pony filled with, what Celestia and Ramsey called, Pony supremacy. Which they want to see that ponies are the superior race in the whole world. Now we turn to a meeting that is hosted by Sunset Shimmer. To discuss the recent events that have happened in the world of pony politics. "Is it true that the Princess aloud her so-called 'long lost son' to become a Pirate? And to the Sea of Thieves no doubt," One noble merchant pony called out to begin the meeting as Sunset, now President takes a seat. "Yes, it is true," Sunset said with a hateful tone in her voice, "It is hard to believe that Celestia had a son in the first place, at first. But there's something else more damming about that. she is married to the enemy of our union, Ramsey Singh, The Pirate Lord!" Sunset spatted with much hatred, "To think that 'the symbol of harmony and peace', would marry such a being, made of hatred and disorder. And to have a son as well, to add insult to injury!" "That is why I've called this meeting, as soon as William Hunter and his 'retainers' enter the Sea of Thieves. The last place on this world that has not bent the knee to our might and Faust given right." Sunset continued, "And to see that our plans are speeding along quickly to take down this poor and weak place called a 'Kingdom of Harmony and Friendship'," Sunset gagged, “So we must take the initiative, and strike at the heart of this weak and gripping corruption that has grabbed the nation by the throat!” the whole of the war room cheered in a shout of aye’s. “It is time to talk about the new bounties,” Sunset said and began to show the bounties one at a time. “They are as followed.” (Note, the bits in this story are the same amount as pounds during the Golden Age of Piracy in the real world. and for the first six, they are the numbers of the subscribers and followers that each of them has.) 1. Captain JesseTattoo, The Insider, $9,010 (Yak) 2. Captain Hitbotc, The Cursed Captain, $12,200 (Griffon) 3. Captain Pace22, The Tucker, $21,400 (Changeling) 4. Captain Jay of The Crow’s Nest, The Last HippoGriff, $26,100 (HippoGriff) 5. Captain Beardageddon, The Pirate Dragon, $48,200 (Dragon) 6. Captain Falcore, The Lore Keeper, $60,800 (Earth Pony) “These Pirates are, what our spies found out from the community calls, ‘The Pirate Six’. For being ‘great members of the community,’. And the bounties on these Pirates are long overdue,” Sunset said before concluded with this, “On a related note, these are the bounties of the next and most dangerous Pirates that have and will enter the Sea of Thieves.” Sunset pulls out a wanted poster, “The first Pirate is this stallion. The first son of Celestia and Ramsey Singh. He was born in our world and kingdom but was foalnapped by a Pirate named Captain Flameheart and is the newest of the five Alicorns.” Captain William Hunter, The Prince of Piracy, $1,500,000 (Alicorn) “The next is the most recent Alicorn to join the Kingdom. She was founded by Celestia just six years after Will was foalnapped and is the youngest of the five. She can control ponies emotions and make them dance to the tune of her magic.” Mi Amore Cadenza, Princess of Love, $2,247,600 (Alicorn) “Next is another long-lost member of the Royal family that has been saved from darkness. She was banished to the moon for over one thousand years as Nightmare Moon. She was reported to have teamed up with a Skeleton Lord named The Gold Hoarder, Rathbone.” Luna Harmony, Princess of Night, $4,048,900 (Alicorn) “The next two are our top priority and must be taken out as some as possible,” Celestia Singh, The Princess of the Day, $5,046,000 (Alicorn) Ramsey Singh, The Pirate Lord of the Sea of Thieves, $5,564,800 (Alicorn) “These Ponies are no longer welcome and accepted in our lands and as soon as we are ready in the next few weeks, we will be ready to overthrow the royals,” Sunset concluded as the whole war room agreed with what she is saying. To be continued. > Chapter 12 The ShroudBreaker. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- It was a few days after the party that we had, to celebrate our arrival in the Sea of Thieves. The Crew was gotten used to the place for some time now. And now I want to try something that will test their might and strength as a crew. “All limbs on deck, my Pirates!” I called out while ringing the bell on near the captain’s cabin door with my magic. Everyone was walking to the deck where I was, came in front of me, in a line. “Today we have a quest to do, so meet me at the tavern at the outpost to meet SomePirate,” I then left for the tavern to wait for them. “I wonder what he has planned for us?” Trixie asked the group as they headed for the tavern in question. “Well, whatever Will has planned for us, he is excited for us to do it," Rarity said. As soon as my crew enter the tavern, I wave to them to get them over to me. "Over here, my Nakama!" I called out to them. "Now time for a story," I said then sat down on my flank as the Mysterious Stranger began to talk. "One moment. You do well to heed my warning, for this is no ordinary voyage you're contemplating," the Mysterious Stranger started then asked, "Who here has heard of the Shores of Gold?" Everyone on my crew shook their heads, "Few Pirate have even heard of the Shores of Gold, let alone seen it with their own eyes. They say it's an island riddled with untold riches, ancient secrets, hidden tombs and deadly traps. But you won't find it on any map, for it was swallowed up by the mist of the Devil’s Shroud.” The Stranger pointed to a book with a Pirate Legend symbol on it and turned to me, “This book was your father’s journal from when you were still young, in the human world and your father was out for revenge for those who had taken you away from your father and mother. And let me say, it is an honour to meet you, at last, my lord,” the Stranger said with a bow of he head. ‘So this is what the Human world’s version of Princess Twilight, felt like when Ponies call her Princess and bowed at her.’’ I thought to myself, “There’s no need to bow to me. I maybe the Pirate Lord’s son, but I’m still just a normal creature, like all who come to this realm,” I said to him with a chuckle. “That is true my Lord,” The Stranger said to me and continued, “It tells of his first ship, the Magpie’s Wing and the journey he took to find the Mythical ShroudBreaker. The only way to part the fog and reach the Shores of Gold.” “Um, does our ship count as well. It has the power to ‘part the shroud’ just like this ShroudBreaker can, right?” Twilight asked the Stranger. “Your ship, the Pirate Prince, can only use those enchantments to cross the Shroud, not sail and stay in the Shroud for a long time. Like, say about a whole day’s worth of time in the Shroud. And it will lose its power, just temporally.” The Stranger told Twilight, to which all of my crew went “Oh,” “Now that is out of the way, I may continue. If you dare to follow in the hoofsteps of the greatest Pirate who ever lived, then take the journal and use it to find the wreck of the Magpie’s Wing. It holds clues to the ShroudBreakers whereabouts. Bring it to me, and I’ll set you on your way to the Shores of Gold. But don’t be fooled. Only the bravest, strongest Pirates will be able to make it back alive... I wish you luck. you’re going to need it.” The Stranger finishes and chuckles as he hands my father’s journal to me. “Let’s get going now,” I told my crew as we headed for our ship. “So, this is what you want us to go on,” Twilight said to me, “Our first voyage in the Sea of Thieves is to find a ‘ShroudBreaker’ and head for the Shores of Gold,” “Yes, Twi. and yes, there are some mysteries that even the most lore heavy Pirates on these seas don’t know fully, yet,” I told her. We soon boarded our ship and went to the map table to look inside the journal of my father. “Journal of the Pirate Lord. Voyage for the ShroudBreaker. (Ninth Summer on the Sea of Thieves.)” I began to read the journal, “ Page one. Chasing Legends. Another journey. Another journal. The Shores of Gold! A great secret! An island of Treasures... Swallowed by the Devils Shroud. Page two. A Lead. Ancients could reach new islands through the mists. Parts of the Shroud... Pathfinder. Wayfarer. ShroudBreaker! I will scour the Sea of Thieves and learn more.” “Do you have to read it out loud, Will?” Scootaloo asked me. “Of course I do, Scoot,” I told her and the Crew, “It’s a way so we can discover together as a crew. And you must all remember that the Crew Bond is sacred. That means no pranking or hurting each other. Got it, EveryPirate.” “Yes, sir!” My crew said together. “Back to it. Page three. Artifacts of the Ancients. Found after days of scouring islands. Very old chest, still good as new, totem inside, animal totem? More like a statue. Page four. The key to the ShroundBeaker. Sail to the secret place. Use totem. Take ShroudBreaker. Drink. Shores of Gold. Drink." We soon arrived at the uncharted islet at N-13 just a few yards from the reef and the wreck. “So this is where your father’s first ship died and was left to rot,” Zecora said to me as I prepare for a swim without my clothes. My Alicorn body was the same as Shining Amour's body if he had wings on as well as a Unicorn's horn. I should also say that I have no Cutie Mark on my flank, which is why I was never seen without my Pirate Captain's outfit on. Thinking that I was going to get bad words for not having a Cutie Mark on my flank at all. “Yes, it is, Zecora," I told her, "I will be back in a few minutes, alright?" "Aye!" they all yelled as I dived into the water below. The water was peaceful and calmed down there. I used my wings to go faster and reach the wreck of my father’s first ship, the Magpie’s Wing. From memory of the game of this world that I have played. The ship's logs should be in the cabin. I soon swim to the wreck and towards the cabin. The ship's records were in a Pirate Legend Voyage container, where you get the voyage's tasks to gain the Chest of Legends. I was running out of air. I grabbed the logs and headed back to the surface. "He's been down there for soon time now, guys," Twilight said, worried about me. “He’ll be alright,” Applejack said, “He’s an Alicorn for pony sake,” “I know, I know, Applejack,” Twilight replied. “I see him!” Apple Bloom called out, see me coming out of the water and swimming to the ship. "I'll get a towel for him," Sweetie said as she went below deck. I soon made it back on the Prince and got the ship's logs out of the container and put the pages of the records in the book. "Why are you doing, Will?" Fluttershy asked me. "I'm doing this so that way we can keep the pages safe and we will know where they are," I told Flutters as I began to read the logs that soon lead us to the chest that my father threw overboard in the escape from Captain FlameHeart's ship, the Burning Blade. We soon came to Crook’s Hollow, where the book, the new pages and my memory from the totem that looks like a scarab and I knew where we need to go from my mind. “So close, and he didn’t even know it at the time,” I murmured to myself. “Who did not know, Will?” Twilight asked me. “Nothing, Twi. Let’s get the rowboats ready to land,” I told Twilight as she nuzzled my muzzle. And yes, Twilight and I are now Marefriend and Coltfriend. She said that she like me as we wander around the Outpost we stayed in for a few days, and she was the first to admit to that she has feelings for me. And I told her that I felt the same way for a long time since I first saw her in that castle library, all those months ago. As we landed on the shores of Crook’s Hollow, I can feel the air of dread and the corruption in the ground from my hoofs. "You all feel that?" I asked my crew if they are feeling what I'm feeling right now. "Yes," Zecora answered me, "The air around the island is full of darkness, dread and undead," "It's not right at all," Applejack said, "I get the feeling that these islands are filled with Skeleton Pirates, who have been cursed by something that was not meant to be touched," "Applejack, I thought you said that there are no such things as curses?" Apple Bloom asked her big sister. "In the Wider World yes, Apple Bloom. But Remember that the Sea of Thieves is not a normal place from the rest of the world," I reminded the crew and our Cabin-Fillies. "If memory serves me right, the place we need to go is behind the waterfall on this island," I then said as I walked into the direction of the waterfall we need to get too. We walked to the waterfall and around it into a cave system and saw the cave painting of a scarab on the cave wall. “So we just need to find where the large, bottom-of-a-totem size keyhole is?” Rainbow asked me. “Look for anything that stands out from the rest of these rocks,” I said, beginning to look around the wall. “I found something!” Pinkie called out after a minute of searching. “It looks like a slot of some kind,” “That’s what we're looking for, nice job, Pinks,” I said as I put the totem into the slot and the stone wall slid down and reviled a hidden tomb inside with four stone pillars and a stone table that was more like a slab on the ground. Myself, Twilight, Gilda and Rainbow went inside. “I had no idea that those Ancients can build something like this!” Twilight said in awe as well as Gilda and Rainbow. I soon began to light the brazers on the table, and a stone door blocked the entrance of the room. Releasing the water from somewhere. "WILL!" The three friends, who were still with me, cried out at me. "We need to solve this puzzle now," I told them, “See the pillars glowing with the symbols on them.” The three nodded, “We to rotate the cubes to match the symbols in the book,” I turned the book so they can see the symbols, "The first symbols are the ShroudBreaker and three warriors," the three friends that were with me in the tomb rushed to the pillars and turned the cubes with the symbols on them to the right order in the book. And pushed the button on the table. “Next is three boats and an ancient holding the ShroudBreaker,” I told them next, and they did the same thing as before until they got the right symbols and pressed the button, but the water was reaching our torso’s. “Last is an ancient holding the ShroudBreaker and three families. Go, go, go!” I yelled the last words. The real deal was different from the game version from the human world. It is a lot scarier than the game version that I was more familiar with. Rainbow was quick to press the button and released the water and open the tomb so the rest of the crew can get in. "Don't do that again! Whoever it was that slammed the door!" Applejack said with an angry voice. "Now, now, Applejack. We just came back from a life or death puzzle from this room. So there's no need to be a little mad right now, is there?" I told her as she began to calm down. "Hey, there's something on the table," Fluttershy said to us that lead us back into the tomb. "You're right Flutters," Trixie said in surprise, "It's like an image of rock and sand," "The mark on the ground in the image is where we need to dig up the Medallions from." I told them, "Three of us should get to these places and dig up whatever is there," "I think I know where that first one is," Gilda said and rushed to the spot she was talking about with shovel in hand. "Should be right here," She dug at the ground and reviled the Medallion with a scarab on it. Just them Skeletons popped out of the ground and began to attack my crew, “WE’RE UNDER ATTACK!” The C.M.C screamed and hid under the legs of their respected guardians. “Get out of here, you undead NoPirates!” I yelled as I attack the attacking Skeleton Pirates that are covered in coral and anything that was from the seafloor. “There, that’s the last Medallion,” Scootaloo said as she puts the last Medallion in the slot at the side of the table. then the whole room shook and reviled a new door and the ShroundBreaker on the pedestal. "All this for another totem?!" Rainbow said in disbelief. "This totem is what we are looking for, Rainbow," I told her and show it the crew, "This is the ShroudBreaker. With this, we can get to the Shores of Gold." I then began to walk back to the Prince, "But first we need to hand it back to the Mysterious Stranger at the nearest Outpost. Which is Plunder Outpost,” Just then, more Skeleton Pirates came to attack my crew, “Get to the ship, now!” I told them as they ran for the Prince. Only myself, Twilight, Rainbow and Trixie stood and fought the Skeletons. The fight was short as we climbed back on our ship and set sail for Plunder Outpost. “So we just turn it in and we get to go to the Shor-,” Rainbow said before I used my magic to close her muzzle. “Like I said before Rainbow. Do. Not. Tempt. Fate.” I told her slowly. We soon arrived at Plunder Outpost, where our voyage was nearly done, to my crew. I was carrying an ancient, stone chest that had the ShroudBreaker in it. “Ah, you’re back,” The Stranger called out to me and my crew, “Do you have it?” “Yes, we do,” I told him as I sat the chest down, open it and gave him the ShroudBreaker. “Great Ramsey’s ghost! I heard all the stories, but to hold the ShroudBreaker in my Hoofs... I never thought I would see the day.” He said as he held the ShroudBreaker in his hoofs, carefully and calmly. “Something’s Wrong...” “What is it, sir?” Twilight asked him. “There should be four jewels set in the base that grant the ShroudBreaker its power, but they’ve been removed. Without them, you’ll won’t last five minutes in that fog, even with the enchantments on your ship.” Rainbow groaned, “We have to find them, don’t we?” She asked. “Now let me think... I did hear tell that Captain Briggsy made it to the Shores of Gold. If that’s true, she might know the whereabouts of these missing stones. Not she’d ever say.” “W-W-What do you m-mean?” Scootaloo asked the Stranger. “Sometimes, even the best Pirates fall victim to their greed or hatred, and it changes them. Strips the flesh from their bones. Gives ‘em power, but twist ‘em up inside. Briggsy is one such abomination.” “I have a feeling that some of us know this already,” Trixie said with fear in her voice. “Yes, in fact, your Captain and First mate already fought one,” The Stranger said looking at Twilight and me. “You mean Rathbone, the Gold Hoarder?” Twilight asked him. “Yes. Pirates call them Skeleton Lords, and most Pirates flee at their approach. Not even the Order of Souls dares challenge them, and rightly so, but you... you are going to have to hunt one down.” EveryPirate glupped, “I have eyes and ears across the Sea of Thieves since I am the Pirate Lord’s SpyMaster if you gather any of the missing pieces, I’ll see they’re restored to the ShroudBreaker on your behalf. For now, head for Plunder Outpost and speak with Madame Olivia about Briggsy’s whereabouts. Remember, Skeleton Lords are not to be taken lightly.” “And one more thing, Will.” The Stranger told me. “Yes?” I asked him. “There is someone here for you,” Then a teleportation sound came from behind me and grabbed me and gave me an Alicorn size hug. “How’s my little Pirate doing on his first voyage?” Mom asked me and squeezed me, nearly to death. “Can’t. Breath. Mom!” I tried to call to her as everyone in the whole Outpost laughed at my Mom squeezing me. Mom finally let me go, “Sorry, son. It’s just that I am so excited to have my first Hearth Warming Eve with you!” “Christmas is already here?” I asked Mom to which everyone at me and said, “WHAT?” “I was just so busy with Piracy that I didn’t know it was that time of year,” I said in defence. “Well, it’s better late than never,” “Time for some good old Festival of Giving songs. And I know just the one,” Dad came from behind me and a tune came from behind around me. (Cue Deck the Hulls from the Sea of Thieves soundtrack) Everyone dancing into the night for the best holiday song in my life. To be continued, Happy Hearth’s Warming Eve, Merry Christmas, and a great Festival of Giving EveryPirate at the time of writing this chapter! > Chapter 13 Pirate Legend Backstory and Briggsy. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- As we sail to the next place to fight Captain Briggsy. I was in my cabin going over a magical device that dad gave me for Christmas-Hearth’s Warming Eve-Festival of Giving, whatever you want to call it, it’s up to you. Anyway, my dad gave me a device to see the backstory of each member of the Pirate Government, called ‘Pirate Six’ that the whole of the Sea of Thieves has called them. So that way, I can learn more about them and gain a better understanding of each of their reasons for coming to the Sea of Thieves and becoming Pirate Legends. The first one that I decided to find out more about is Captain Falcore, The Lore Keeper. I activated the device and selected Captain Falcore, sat down on the Captain Chair in my cabin and watched the backstory of the most popular Pirate Legend in the Sea of Thieves. The best way I can describe it is like those character origin cutscenes from Divinity Original Sin 2 for the characters that are premade for those who want to jump into the game quickly without too much character creation. The image of Captain Falcore appeared before me and began to tell his tale of origin. "My name is Falcore, yes, just Falcore. I was once Noble Pony from Trottingham. But not like those in Canterlot and other cities that have them. I moved there to get away from the Captial City politics and backstabbing for a more peaceful life." Falcore turned to me with a smile, "I cared for the 'ordinary ponies' that live in that town. I would help them in any way, shape or form. I gain friendship with them, and they gained a friendship with me." Falcore now had an angry face, "That was until the Grand Maritime Union came and destroyed the town ponies trust in each other. I tried to stop them. But they had more money and power than even the regional government had. Even my own family turned against me and joined the G.M.U. They said that they and all ponies who want to be respected in the world, are to join the G.M.U and gain a better life,” Falcore’s face then became sad and then a smile appeared on his muzzle, “I was at the lowest point of my life. So much I have earned was lost. My friends in Trottingham, my family, trust in ponies in government, and it was all because of the G.M.U. But, the Pirate Lord, Ramsey Singh, saved my life from a fate far worse than death or prison.” Falcore walked up to me, “He guided me to the Sea of Thieves, show me the way of Piracy and made me a better pony and save me from suicide,” Falcore’s eyes began to show tears, “I gained new friends and a place where I can be true to myself. And I have four hundred Pirates and my own flagship I can rely on.” Then Falcore’s face became serious, “But now, I hear that the G.M.U are at it again. This time it’s something to do with the monarchs of my land of birth. If I or we don’t stop them. then I don’t know who will!” Then his face became more business-like with a smile, “My outpost that I rule over is Ancient Spire Outpost with my crew of four hundred Pirates and forty Ships of the Line, that I command over. My ship’s name is The Rooster’s Revenge.” The recording ended as I stood up and stretched from sitting down for a long time. I then heard a knock on the cabin door. “Will, we’re arrived at Wanderers Refuge,” Twilight’s voice came from the other side of the door. I walked up to the door, opened it and told my First Mate and then everyone on our ship “Thank you, Twi. Prepare the rowboats!” “Wait,” I told my crew as I saw Briggsy at the campsite. And she was a MotherBucking Dragon. “There she is. Briggsy and her Skeleton Crew,” “So that’s what Skeletons in the Sea of Thieves look like,” Gilda said with some fear in her voice. “Your not the only one who is a little scared," Trixie said in the same voice tone as Gilda. "If you don't want to fight, then head back to the ship," I told the two of them. “No sir, we don’t want to miss out on the fight!” Both Griffon and Unicorn said Together. “Today you have the honour to die at the claws of the greatest Pirate who ever lived, Captain Briggsy!” Briggsy said as she stood behind me. “That title belongs to my father!” I said, striking the undead Dragon with my Sword of Souls. [FLASHBACK] “Are those Briggsy’s precious treasures?” Madame Olivia asked me as I gave the treasures of Captain Briggsy to the founder of the Order of Souls. She was a Unicorn mare with a light red coat and a dark red mane and tail. She was also dressed in the Order of Souls uniform, if you will call it that. “Let me see. Ah, the tools of an adventurer. I spend so much of my time surrounded by bones. It is sometimes easy to forget that they were once Pirates too... Tell no-one what you are about to witness! There are some secrets that even we, the Order of Souls, are forbidden to share. By recall’s light and wisdom’s might, the past shall point towards the future... There are few left with the knowledge to create an artefact with such... Potential,” “Twi, don’t even bother,” I told my Marefriend, as she gave me a sad face that said ‘But there’s new magic to discover and learn about’, including puppy dog eyes. “You know that some magic is best left to those who know it,” (Madame Olivia adds the artefacts and some ingredients into a transmutation box, which processes them into an Enchanted Compass) “Imbued with the Order of Souls magic, this compass will point the way to Briggsy, no matter where ever upon the Sea of Thieves she may be lurking,” Olivia said as she handed me the compass with her magic, “Once again, I implore you to be cautious. Death has only made her more formidable. Should you be triumphant, return to me with the skull of your enemy. In exchange for such a valuable prize, I will do all that I can to help you onwards on your journey.” We began to leave the tent, “Captain Will, a moment of your time, please?” “What is it, Madame Olivia?” I asked her as she gave me a long rectangle box that looks like a sword carry case. “You will need this on your journey and your new life as a Pirate,” Olivia said as I open the to reviled the Sword of Souls, “It uses to belong to Captain Pendragon, who was recently released by an unknown Pirate. Who helped a Pirate named Hitbotc to, unknowingly, release Captain Flameheart from his prison,” I took a deep breath in and out, like what Dr Wolf did after his meetings with his friends and patients, “Yes, I know that Olivia,” I said, “But to think that Hitbotc did that, is something that I will bring to his attention next time we meet.” “I hope you will, Captain,” Olivia said, “This blade grants the ability to free imprisoned souls from cursed items and can damage cursed Creatures like skeletons and others that may come in the future.” “I will use it with great pride and skill, Madame Olivia,” I told her as I left the tent to board the ship. [FLASHBACK ENDS] Briggsy was a tough fight, and she was on her last legs. “You will be mine to kill and claim, Son of the Pirate Lord!” Briggsy said as we charged at each other, swords drawn and we stabbed each other. But Briggsy got me hard in the heart. “WILL!” My Nakama yelled and charged Briggsy as I turned to dust. [Third Person View] “WILL!” Everyone of Will’s friends yelled as they charged Briggsy who just laughed at their attempt to avenge their best friend and Captain. “You think you can stop me after it butchered your Captain,” Briggsy said as she summoned more Skeletons to fight for her. “I think FlameHeart will like to hear that I killed the Son of Harmony and Piracy,” “YOU WON’T GET AWAY WITH THIS, YOU PILE OF BONES!” Twilight yelled with an angry voice that was not heard from the rest of the group as she attacked the Skeleton Lord and got caught in the Lord's claws. Just then, a voice began to sing with music on the wind. (Cue Summon the Megalodon from the Sea of Thieves Soundtrack, lyrics by CheweCatt) Then, out of nowhere, Will appeared and scared all of the Skeletons back to their graves. “What the hell?!” Briggsy said as Will stabbed the undead Dragon with the Sword of Souls he had in his magic. Through the heart. [Will’s view] “Requiescat in pace, Briggsy,” I said as I drove the sword out of the Skeleton’s chest and after a few seconds, she exploded into pieces, leaving the skull behind and taking Briggsy’s sword with me as a reminder of my first fight against Briggsy and my first ‘death’ in the Sea of Thieves. “WILL!” My friends cried out. Some of them have tears coming out of their eyes. Most of them all was Twi, who rush me, tackled me. And then slapped me across the face with a fore-hoof. “HOW ARE YOU ALIVE, WILL?!” Twilight yelled but lost her composer when she realised what she had done to me and gave me a back-breaking hug. “I thought we lost you forever,” "It's alright, Twi," I said, hugging her as I stood back up, "I just took a trip on the Ferry of the Dammed. That's all," "But we saw you die by that Skeleton Lord, right through the chest. And what do you mean 'you took a trip'?" Apple Bloom said with tears in her eyes. "I guess I should have explained that first," I said as I grabbed the Briggsy's skull, "Let's get back to the ship and I will explain about the Ferry of the Dammed," As soon as we got back to the ship, everyone was waiting for me to explain what has happened to me. "The Ferry of the Dammed is a ship that saves Pirates from unforeseen deaths in the Sea of Thieves. And No-Pirate knows how it got there, down low, beneath the world of the Sea of Thieves. All that we do know this that we should be thankful that it exists in the first place. And that it is doing the work of my Dad.” Sweetie Belle raised one of her forehoofs, “Do you know this because you went there in the human world’s version of this world?” To that, I replied, “That and the Ferryman told me about his service to my family and me,” "Captain! We have a barrel here that is moving around the island," Gilda said to me as she was carrying said Barrel. "Get me out, you good for nothing racists and Griffin haters," The voice in the barrel went, and my eyes went wide when I saw who was in the barrel. And it was not Gabby. "Oh, hi there," Gallus said as he saw me and went back into his barrel. "Hello Gallus," I said to him, and my crew went "UH." "Welcome aboard the Pirate Prince, home and main Flagship of the Sea of Thieves Grand Fleet." "I'm on a Pirate Ship?" Gallus replied to me and looked at me more closely and then bugged out. "You're an Alicorn and a Pirate Captain?!" “Yes, you are, my little Griffon. And yes, I am an Alicorn and a Pirate.” I answered him. “How about I take you into my cabin?” The blue Griffon nodded, “Okay, Captain,” “Why are you here, Gallus?” Gilda said in anger, “You would have been killed, or worse!" "I was a stowaway on one of the G.M.U ship's, and I couldn't get out of that barrel," Gallus told Gilda, "I was hoping to escape the slave estate before it got worse," "Enough of that," I said with a firm voice, "Gallus has been through enough of a trip to the Sea of Thieves. Go into the cabin and get something to eat, mate," To be continued. > Chapter 14 The Stowaway and new Nakama. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- “I’m in trouble, am I?” Gallus asked me as I lead him into my cabin, “That is for stowing away on your ship,” “No, you’re not Gallus,” I said to him, bring in some cooked fish on a plate, “In fact, I had a feeling that you and I will meet someday. Just not this soon.” “So, you’re not sending me back home, are you?” Gallus asked me again looking down at the golden-brown Ruby Splashtail with a sad face. “I would never let you go back into those forsaken estates again, Gallus. I have heard from Gilda about how cruel and unjust the Ponies of the G.M.U are and how they have gotten away with a lot of things that, I’m sure you don’t need to be reminded of.” I told him, “I was hoping with this chance that has come your way, Gallus, you will find a place on my crew just for you and all other Griffins that will, someday, join my crew of friends and comrades.” Gallus looked at me and said, “I was hoping to go to Equestria or somewhere that is far away from the G.M.U, but that has not worked out well enough. So what’s the catch, for me joining your Pirate crew?” “There’s no catch, Gallus. You’ll be accepted into the crew like a family that you never had, but wanted for a long time. you’ll have a full share of the treasure of all loot we will have on the crew, and you will be safe from any hate that some of the Ponies that will be throwing at you.” I offered to Gallus. “Sound too good to be true,” Gallus pondered for a bit, “But I have wanted to be free from the slave estates that myself and other griffins have lived in for a long time. So, yes I will join your crew, Captain,” I smiled, “Then welcome to the crew of the Pirate Prince, Gallus!” I said, then gave him a soft hug. To which Gallus return. There was a knock on the cabin door, “Will, we’re at Plunder Outpost,” Spike said. “Thank you, Spike,” I thank him and begin to walk out of the cabin with Gallus behind me. After turning in Briggsy’s Skull and got info about the next few Pirates we’ll have to meet. I have a surprise for the crew the next day. “So is this ‘The Pirate Prince’ that we were told to find at this Outpost?” Asked one Griffin Pirate to his group of friends. “I think it is,” Another answered his friend, “I mean, it is the largest ship in the Sea of Thieves.” “It’s huge, look at all the cannons it has.” A third griffin said and then in disbelief, “To think that fourteen Pirates, including the Captain man this ship!” “Are you all here for a reason or something else,” Twilight asked the large group of Griffins. “Yes, we’re here to join the crew of Captain William Hunter,” The leading Griffin told Twilight to which Twilight stood there with a look of shock. “What do you mean ‘you’re here to join Will’s crew’?” Twilight asked. “We were recruited by the Pirate Lord and told to meet him and his son at Plunder Outpost as soon as possible,” A fourth Griffin told Twilight why they are here. “There you are!” I said as I came down from the ship, “Did you have any trouble coming here?” “No, not at all, Captain.” The Griffin leading the group said to me happily, “And we just met the First Mate of your crew, I believe.” “Will, why are these Pirates Here?” Applejack asked me as she looked down at the group of Griffins but soon saw six more groups of Pirates coming out of the tavern. Group one was the 200 Griffins. Group two had 200 Ponies, group three there were 25 Zebras, group four had 50 Yaks, for group five, there were 25 young dragons, group six had 85 Changelings. All of these groups were dressed like Pirates and were coming to the Prince. "WE HERE TO JOIN THE PIRATE LORD'S SON, WILLIAM HUNTER!" They all said together. "WHAT?!" My original crew yelled. “And you all will have to thank me for that,” Dad said as he came through the crowd of Pirates. “I have recruited these young Pirates to join your crew to show everyone not to mess with you or your ship.” “One question. Why now of all times.” Gilda asked my Dad. “After the Ferryman told me that my son here went to the Ferry of the Dammed. I knew that both himself and yourselves would have to be a strong force in the Sea of Thieves to face off against the dark forces of this realm,” Dad explained to my crew, "We have 100 Earth-Pony Deckhooves. 75 Pegasi Pirate Scouts. 25 Unicorn Snipers. 200 Griffin Raiders. 25 Zebra Doctors. 50 Yak Carronades each with 5 Yaks per cannon. 25 Dragon guards. 85 Changeling Swashbucklers. Adding up to 585 Pirates to call upon when you need them, plus, you may need them if you are going to fight the Grand Maritime Union, someday.” “I see,” Twilight said to my Dad. “Time for a party EveryPirate!” I said to which all of my new Nakama cheered at the promise of a great time at a Pinkie Pie Pirate Party. The Party was going as wildly as I predicted and expected from my now larger crew. My original crewmembers were starting to get more comfortable with my new members — all except Twilight, who was more concerned about this sudden increase of additional Pirates on our crew. “Is something wrong, Twi?” I asked my Marefriend what was bugging her. “What’s wrong?!” Twilight nearly yelled at me, “We have a whole lot of unnecessary new crewmembers aboard our ship!” “I know it’s a new development, Twi, but we do need a force of our Pirates to face against new threats that may be coming soon,” I told her. “We don’t need more Pirates onboard,” Twilight said to me, still mad at me, “They’re taking up all the space on the ship, even though that there is plenty of space on the ship. They have pillaged the food barrels, even though there is plenty of food left for the rest of the voyage. I still don’t know why your father convived you to gain a lot of more bloody Pirates on our crew!” Then a Yak shows up to Twilight, “Sorry for interrupting, First mate pony. Where does this plate go again?” Then a Unicorn came from behind Twilight and grabbed the plate with his magic, “I know where, mate,” Then throw the dish to another Unicorn, and she tossed it to someone at the Pirate at the sink. “Hey, excuse me. I know that it is wooden, but it can still chip!” Twilight yelled at the Unicorn Pirates, but they continued to throw plates and tankards. (Cue Blunt the knives from The Hobbit An Unexpected Journey Soundtrack) Then there was some clinging of knives and forks by some other Pirates, “Can you not do that, you’ll blunt them!” “Oh, you hear that lads and lasses.” Said, one Pirate Dragon, “She says we’ll blunt the knives,” Soon the Pirates were dancing to the music by Pinkie Pie and some other Pirates. (Song ends, hope you enjoy that song) Twilight pushes through the Pirates to see that all the plates and cups are cleaned and stacked them all nice and neatly. “ANOTHER SONG PLEASE!” Cried the C.M.C. and some other members of my crew. (Cue Captain Morgan by The Jolly Rogers) To be continued. > Chapter 15 The Shores of Gold and Libertalia. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- It was two months since I have gotten more members on my crew, as well as for my original crew members are now my Pirate Crew Officers and have gotten used to being officers on my crew. We have managed to gather and fight for the missing pieces of the ShroudBreaker and now have arrived at Morrow’s Peak Outpost to speak to Captain Grace Morrow. With something that I wanted to do since we came to the Sea of Thieves, especially The Devil’s Roar. “Why are we doing this, Captain?” One Griffin Pirate asked me. “We need to lay these lost souls to rest, where their Captain now lives,” I told not just my female Pirate Griffin Raider, but also the whole crew who were getting off the ship to restock supplies for the Shores of Gold that lay just north of our position. Behind my DragonGuards, there were wooden coffins, that held the remains of the first Pirates to enter The Devil's Roar and gotten killed by one Stitcher Jim, who is missing at this point. “I want to see the bones of the first Pirates, who entered The Devil’s Roar and were killed by Stitcher Jim when he was serving the Gold Hoarder Skeleton Lord. Who now is missing.” I continued to tell my Pirate Nakama. “Captain William Hunter Singh! It’s good to meet you at last,” A voice came from the Gold Hoarder tent. It was Captain Grace Morrow. She was a pretty tall light brown Pegasus with a shadow black mane. “I take it you’re here for the ShroudBreaker?" "Yes, I am," I told her then added, "I have something that is needed to be done before we head out." Grace looked at me with a confused look on her face then looked behind me and saw the coffins with a sad face. "I think I know what is needed to be done to rest my crew." Then she asked me, "Is that traitor, Jim with them?" "No, he is not, right now he is missing from the sights from EveryPirate, even my Dad does not know where he is," I told her. Grace gave me a strong face, "As long as he's punished for his crimes,” Then Grace’s face became sad, “Myself and my crew will be at peace now." "Anything to better the lives of the Pirates of the Sea of Thieves," I replied, then Grace handed the ShroudBreaker to me, “I should stay and see that your crew is finally at peace,” “No,” Grace said firmly then softly added, “When you have lost some of your crew members, you will bury them," I nodded, then headed back to my ship. I then boarded the ship alongside my Pirates and tied the ShroudBreaker to the railing near the helm. "So that's what the ShroudBreaker looks like," one of the Zebra Pirate's said with curiosity. "Yes, with this, we can get to the Shores of Gold now," I told him and then said to the whole crew of the Prince, "Set sail for the Shores of Gold! Head north! Through the Shroud!" "AYE AYE!" The crew said to my order and began to set the sails and turn the Prince to north head for the Shores of Gold. (Cue Sailing for Adventure from Muppets Treasure Island soundtrack) “Sing lads and lasses!” I said just like Edward Kenway in Assassin’s Creed 4 Black flag. (Song end) “Hey, Captain,” One Yak Pirate called out to me after we finished singing, “Should sea be red?” “Yes, it should be, why?” I asked my Pirate Yak. Then he pointed at the water. It was not blood red, like the waters in the Shroud should. "That's new. Let's check the book." "William, if you're reading this part of the letter that I have not sent to other Pirates who have done this tall tale already, you would have noticed that the waters around the Shores of Gold are not blood red. The reason is that the combined powers of the ShroudBreaker and your ship is making the Shroud move away from the island that's now known as, Tribute Peak. I have a task for you to do as soon as you land on Tribute Peak. I need you to build a Pirate Haven when you have free the island from the Skeleton taint that has plagued other island. No doubt you know what I mean by Skeleton Taint.” I read aloud for the rest of the crew to hear it. “LAND AHOY!” One of my Pegasus Scouts called out to EveryPirate onboard as they all went to the front of the Prince. “There it is, the Shores of Gold is there, lads!” As I saw the Shores of Gold, I could tell that there was a reason as to why it was called the Shores of Gold. “Ready the Rowboats!” I told my crew. As soon as myself and my crew landed on Tribute Peak. One of my Pegasus Scouts reported back saying that there is a massive group of Skeleton Pirates further inland. They were saying that their numbers are in the hundreds. “So, Rathbone has made himself an army of undead Pirates,” I said to myself, "I should have seen this coming back when we defeated him the first time," "It's alright, Will," Twilight said to me before I made myself angry, "It looks like we won't face him in the tombs down below," "Thanks, Twi. Now to drive the undead from this island!" I said to rally my crew to my side, to which my crew all yelled to get ready to fight. (Cue Black Sails theme song from the Black Sails soundtrack) My crew march up to face the Skeleton Pirate Army. The Skeletons took one look at us and began to prepare for a fight for their undead lord, Rathbone the Gold Hoarder. The Skeletons with Cutlass and Boarding axes charges us only for most of the Skeletons to be taken out by a volley of flintlock pistol bullets. Those who have managed to survive and get close to the front lines were met with a new toy that Trixie Lulamoon made for my Griffin Raiders. She calls it the Blunderbomb. It’s like the Firebomb but filled with shrapnel instead of the fire and act like a real grenade and a Grapeshot when loaded into a cannon. The Yak Cannoneers loaded and bombarded the Army of Skeletons as the skeletons tried to fire their cannons at my crew, but my Pegasus Scouts shot the undead cannon crews and fired on the Skeleton Captains commanding the grunts. Then I heard, “I demanded to fight your leader one-on-one!” Rathbone called out to myself and my Pirates. “If you do then you will lose!” Rainbow yelled back. “So, the heroes of Equestria has finally arrived in the Sea of Thieves. I wonder if your human Captain is with you lot?” Rathbone said as he came in front of his Skeleton army. I began to walk towards Rathbone. “Those heroes are my friends and companions, Rathbone,” I said calmly to him. Rathbone had the look of surprise on his skeleton face, “You’re an Alicorn now, William Hunter! Oh, come on!” Rathbone groaned, then began to charge at me, “You will not rule the Sea of Thieves!” (Cue He’s a Pirate from Pirate of the Caribbean Curse of the Black Pearl soundtrack) The duel between myself and Rathbone started. Rathbone started by teleporting away as he was charging me with his Gold Hoarder shovel. But soon reappeared to try to attack from behind me, to which I block it and broke his defence like in Assassin’s Creed 4 Black Flag by kicking Rathbone in the chest and throwing him and shooting him with four pistols shots. Rathbone was getting angry and tried to do a shockwave attack but he didn’t think about my wings. As I flew into the air I soon came back down and began to attack him like a trained fighter who is not going to lose the fight. As myself and Rathbone fought. My crew and Rathbone’s army fought each other. Cannons firing, skeletons getting blown up and my Pirate crew were winning the battle. It was time for some moves that may seem familiar to those who watch One Piece. "Nitoryu Iai!" I said then attacked the undead Pirate, "Rashomon!" The Skeleton looked surprised at what I can do now as I sliced the undead grunts away. "What the hell was that?!" Rathbone said to himself. "Nitoryu!" I said again but this time a different move, "Nanajuni Pound Ho!" Sword slash beams came out of both my Sword of Souls and Briggsy's Cutlass. "How is William doing this?" Twilight asked herself. Now for the finishing blow to Rathbone as I put away Briggsy's Cutlass and begin to draw out my Sword of Souls, "Ittoryu Iai!" Rathbone charges me but never hits me, "Shishi Sonson!" The duel with Rathbone ended as the world became a private place for me and Rathbone like it was in the Assassin’s Creed series, after killing an important target. “You’ve lost, Rathbone. Your army is being destroyed as we speak.” I told the dying Skeleton Lord. “You think you have won by killing me?” Rathbone questioned me, “I hope that Flameheart will end your family and conquer the whole world and beyond!” “I know that Flameheart will be stopped by whoever it is that will fight him first,” I countered him. Rathbone laughed at me, “You wish, you bucking fleshy. Someday I will return and you will be the one I will kill first. Without your Ferryman to save you.” then Rathbone was defeated and burst into a pile of gold bones. The partying lasted for the rest of the day as more Pirates came to the Tribute Peak and celebrate with us. Twilight counted around eight thousand amount of Pirates who have come to join me and build the first Sea of Thieves Pirate City named Libertalia. (Cue Libertalia by Ye Banished Privateers) The next day, Pirate began to work on building the port and a song began to be sung by myself and my Pirate that now number eight thousand and six hundred Pirate including my friends as I became a Grand Pirate Admiral. (Song end) As the crowd quieted down. I pulled Twilight in for a kiss as my, no our Pirates continued to build our town of Libertalia. End of the Maiden Voyage Arc. But not the end of the story. > Chapter 16 A Declaration of War. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- The next morning. The first Pirate Town Hall Meeting of Libertalia was beginning soon. And Dad was there to see what was the first issue that is going to be talked about. And, it was something that not even Dad saw going when Mom came bursting into the hall not wearing her Regalia. Mom had a Ceremonial Admiral Shirt. A pair of Hunter Pants. Two Hunter boots. A Hunter Jacket and a Hunter hat. Mom also had a Hunter Cutlass and had four Hunter Pistols in their holsters and sheath. “Celestia, what are you doing here?” Dad asked Mom in a surprised tone, “Did the G.M-” “No, the Grand Maritime Union did not dethrone me or launched a coup against me.” Mom interrupted Dad in a soft but firm voice, “Myself, Luna and Cadence abdicated,” “No way,” “The Princesses of Equestria abdicated,” “Who rules the Kingdom now?” Some of my Pirates whispered to each other. “But why my love?” Dad asked Mom, now concerned for her, “Why would you abandon your throne, your birthright.” ”I gave it up for something that the G.M.U will never have. family and a place that I can be true to myself and never be alone ever again.” Mom said to Dad with truth in her words. “They had corrupted the country to the point of not being the same as it once was when myself and Luna ascended to the throne. No matter how many times I tried to stop them, they always find a loophole in the system and the laws that most of the nobles say that they are in their rights to do what they want and that is to destroy Equestria. The home of my family and Ponies that have gone from peace-loving creatures to a hateful race that belives that Ponies are better than, what they call other beings, ‘lowlifes’. Now I have left my throne to be with the people that my husband and my son have called friends and comrades.” Mom pulled out some sheets of paper, “They even made Wanted Posters on all of my family!” Mom said as put the posters on a hall and throw a lot of daggers on the top part of the Wanted Posters. [Spike. Dragon Pirate Apprentice. Wanted $200] ”Why am I worth $200?” Spike said in disbelief. [Apple Bloom, Sweetie Belle, Scootaloo. The Cutie Mark Pirates. Wanted $3,000] ”WHAT THE HAY?!” The three Fillies said together. [Gallus. Griffin Pirate Apprentice. Wanted $5,000] “No way,” Gallus said in shock. [JesseTattoo. The Insider. Wanted $11,300] “How do they know?” The Yak Pirate Captain asked himself. [Jay of the Crow’s Nest. Wanted $26,100] “Well, now the Storm King knows I’m alive,” Jay said to his crew. [Hitbotc. The Cursed Captain. Wanted $49,900] “Not a bad bounty,” Hitbotc said but got a few glares from the other Pirates including Mom. [Pace22. The Shrouded Ghost Killer. Wanted $63,300] “Chrysalis is coming for me, now,” Pace22 said to himself. [Beardageddon. The Blood Dragon. Wanted $76,000] “More Rep for me now,” Beardageddon said proudly. [Falcore. The Lore Keeper. Wanted $98,500] “For the love of the divines, they forgot Larry.” Falcore groaned. [Zecora. The Enchanter. Wanted $135,790] “Oh, Buck me,” Zecora said. [Trixie Lulamoon. The Pirate Trickster. Wanted $200,000] “Oh my Celestia,” Trixie whispered. [Gilda the Vengeful. Wanted $300,000] “At least they got my good side,” Gilda said. [Fluttershy the Beastmaster. Wanted $30,000,000] “Oh, no!” Fluttershy squeaked to herself. [Rarity Belle the Elegant. Wanted $100,000,000] “My goodness!” Rarity said as she looked at her bounty. [Pinike Pie the Party Pirate. Wanted $300,000,000] “Oh no. what will Maud say about this?” Pinkie said as her mane lost some bounciness. [Rainbow Dash the Lightning Bolt. Wanted $400,000,000] “Uhh!” Rainbow said in shock with her mouth open wide. [Applejack Apple the Farmer. Wanted $500,000,000] “Granny’s going to be pissed,” Applejack said wearily. [Shining Armour the Captain of the Royal Guard. Wanted $1,400,000,000] Shining was putting on a brave face. [Twilight Sparke, the Sea Sorcerer. Wanted $1,500,000,000] “WHAT THE BUCK?!” Twilight yelled. [Mi Amore Cadenza. Princess of Love. Wanted $2,247,600,000] Like Shining, Cadence was putting on a brave face. But was losing the fight to keep it up. [Luna Harmony. Princess of the Night. Wanted $4,048,900,00] Luna was now mad as all hell. [Celestia Singh. Princess of Piracy. Wanted $4,388,000,000] Mom was still mad at the G.M.U. But was keeping her temper down. [Ramsey Singh. The Pirate Lord. Wanted $4,611,100,000] “William?” Dad said as he looks at me and saw me standing there in silence and shock. [William Singh. Grand Pirate Admiral. Alicorn King of the Pirates. The Pirate that all Pirates respect. Ruler of the Sea of Thieves. Wanted Dead $5,564,800,000,000] “What did I do to get such a high bounty?” I asked myself. EveryPirate was shocked at what Mom said to the whole of Libertalia as well as revelling the Wanted Posters too. Stunned and not mad or angry with Mom or Luna or Cadence for not doing a good job stopping the G.M.U from eating the homeland of Ponies and treating the other races of Equis like nothing but dirt. But we’re beginning to show support to my family, for what they did to show the G.M.U that if they wanted Equestria. Then has it and be ready for a war with 10 MILLION Pirates at her son’s back to destroy the Grand Maritime Union for destroying the land of harmony. Then mom began to sing to rally the Pirates into a song of war. (Cue Hoist the Colours from Pirates of the Caribbean At World's End) (Former Princess Celestia Singh and Former Princess Luna Harmony begins the song as the looks on my crew's faces morph into shock at the thought of singing this one song) "The king and his men stole the queen from her bed And bound her in her bones The seas be ours and by the powers Where we will, we'll roam!" (The Pirates of Libertalia being to sing in a haunting choir and I can feel their anger and hate toward the G.M.U grow and grow with every word that they sing): "Yo-ho, all together, hoist the colours high Heave ho, thieves and beggars, never shall we die!" (Pirate Lords of the Sea of Thieves Ramsey Singh and Celestia Singh were now singing together and were putting on Terrifying faces as they sing) "Now some men have died and some are alive And others sail on the sea With the keys to the cage And the devil to pay We lay to Fiddler's Green!" (Pirates of Libertalia, Now with my friends singing as I stand here, shock at the sight of my family declaring war against the world) "Yo, Ho haul together, hoist the colours high Heave ho, thieves and beggars, never shall we die!" (I begin to hear my marefriend sing as well, her rage in her voice not being able to be contain as well as Big Mac's deep voice adding to Twi's angelic voice) "The bell has been raised from its watery grave Do you hear its sepulchral tone? A Call to all, pay heed to the squall And turn your sail towards home!" (I was now at the center of the City and I was in awe at the sight of it, pirates from different horizons singing together at a time when all seems lost, my mum has given them a chance to fight back and reclaim what was taken by the G.M.U) "Yo, Ho haul together, hoist the colours high Heave ho, thieves and beggars, never shall we die!" (It was more than enough for me to join in on the song as the last piece of it was now coming to a close) "Yo, Ho haul together, hoist the colours high Heave ho, thieves and beggars, never shall we die!" To be continued. > Chapter 17 Alliance. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- News of the bounties on the heads of my Nakama, my family and myself have reached the ears of all the Pirates across the Sea. And have made some Pirates wonder if there is going to be a war for the Seas, as well as news of Mom, Luna and Cadence's Abdication from the Equestrian throne. During the past week, Mom has broadcasted to all the radios across the world to tell Everycreature the truth on why herself, her sister and her niece left the country and took up the life of Piracy like there other family members did. I was gathering allies for the coming war and sailing to the Sea Dogs's Tavern, hoping that my half brother and sister will join me in the fight of our lives. "My Lord, we're here." One of my Dragon Bodyguards told me as he enters after he knocked the cabin door. "Thank you, mate," I told him then got ready to get dressed in a new outfit that looked like Captain Morgan's Redingote outfit from Assassin's Creed 4 Black Flag. Only more fitting for a Pony and an Alicorn like myself. I have also grown out a beard for myself that reminds me of Blackbeard. Only if he was an Alicorn Stallion and what the enemy's of Piracy call me, The Alicorn Pirate King. As I looked into the cabin mirror, all dressed and ready to meet them. I took a deep breath in and out, "It's time to meet you two, at last, My siblings," I said to myself. "So you're the Pirate that EveryPirate is talking about," A voice came from the path that leads to the Sea Dogs Tavern, "I thought you would be cleaner on the face?" The Pirate that was talking to me was a Bat Pony or a Threstrail as some of the Bronies called them. "Why fly a black flag when a black beard would do?" I replied to the Bat Pony. "I'm sorry my lord, I'm Night Skies. Chief of Staff in the Sea Dogs and overseer of The Arena by order of Sea Dog Captains Lesedi and Demarco Singh." Night Skies told me. "Who are my sister and brother in law." I quickly told the Cocky Bat Pony to which he looked at me with a surprised look on his face. "YOU'RE THEIR BROTHER?!" The Sea Dogs on the docks Yelled in shock at me. "The Pirate Lord is my Father after all," I said casually to which the whole of the dock looked a little pale after what I said to them. "I was not aware that the Captains had a younger brother?" Night Skies said to himself, then asked me, "What brings you to our corner of the Sea of Thieves?" "I'm here to ally with the Sea Dogs," I told the Chief of Staff of the Sea Dogs, "I have already made some with the other factions in the Sea of Thieves, and I was hoping to meet with Lesedi and Demarco sometime soon." "Well, I can make an appointment for the three of you to meet." Night Skies said to me. "No need, my good friend. I was hoping to meet them now," I told the Bat Pony. "I will take you to them," Night Skies said as he leads my Dragon Bodyguards and me to the tavern door and let us in. "They are inside, my Lord." "Thank you, Night Skies," I told him as I entered the Sea Dogs's Tavern. Inside. "Lesedi? Demarco? Are you in here?" I called out as a light blue Unicorn with a black mane, tail and beard came up to me with a smile on his muzzle. He also had a familiar outfit on him. "Greetings, Brother!" The Unicorn said to me, and now I know it is Demarco Singh The Sea Dog. My older brother. "I was wondering when you would show up to our Tavern," "Now, now, brother." A female voice came from the stairs to the side, "He may get himself lost and confused around here," Lesedi, my older sister, said to me in a teasing tone. "I know this place more than you realise, my siblings," I told them, then said, "Like how you have a spy working for the G.M.U in this very tavern!" Lesedi and Demarco gave me a look that said I was crazy. "The G.M.U, here in The Glorious Sea Dog. You crazy, you know that." Demarco said. "I know it is hard to believe me, but the Pirate Emporium is a front for the Grand Maritime Union. don't believe me, ask him yourself." I told them truthfully as my guards brought the 'Pirate Emporium Shopkeeper' in front of me. "We got him, sir," One of my Bodyguards told me as he kicked the spy. "Hello, Ellis. I bet you're wondering what's going on right now. Are you?" I said to Ellis as I activated my magic to do a simple but deadly spell. I asked him, "Do you work for the Grand Maritime Union?" "N-n-n-no, my lord," Ellis said with fear in his voice, then the magical glow on my horn changed from white to red. "He's lying," I said to my siblings to which they slowly drew their cutlasses out, but my guards stop them from attacking Ellis. "There's no need to kill him now. I have more of these Union dogs in the Brig of the Prince and is due to be hanged at Libertalia as soon as I get back." Ellis started to panic, "No, no, no. You can't do this to me. I Have mo-," "SHUT IT WITH THE MONEY AND INFLUENCE BULLSHIT YOU RACIST BASTARD! I WANT YOU TO KNOW THAT HERE IN THE SEA OF THIEVES, PONIES LIKE YOU HAVE NO POWER AND MONEY TO CALL YOUR OWN! FOR YOU ARE GOING TO SEE THAT YOUR UNION IS NOT ON YOUR SIDE AND IS NOT GOING TO SURVIVE THE WAR THAT IS COMING FOR YOU AND YOUR UNION LEADER'S HEADS!" I yelled at him as the slow-burning cannon fuses pocking out of the sides of my head lighted and made him scared to the brink of death, which got all of Pirates to be afraid of me, as well my Nakama, at my performance and dare I say, one to one likeness of Blackbeard himself. "Now take him away from here before I out of his head and display body on the bow of my ship," I said to the guards as they left the tavern. "That. Was. Quite the show there, Brother!" Demarco said to me as he recovered from my display of some Fear and Scare Tactics done and used by one Edward Teach. "Why thank you, Brother." I thank my twin siblings and then told them, "I am here for two things. One, the arrest of your ‘Pirate Emporium Shopkeeper’ and two, to form an Alliance with you two. If you what to?” “What do we get out of this?” Lesedi asked me with interest. (Cue The Other Side by Hugh Jackman and Zac Efron) "The whole of the world will be liberated from the hooves of evil and we all get to sail around it without a care," I told them, then I began to sing. We both shook forehooves. To be continued. > Chapter 18 War Against The World. (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- As soon as the Sea Dogs allied with my faction now called The Outcasts of the Abyss. We made our way out of the Sea of Thieves to do something that is needed to be done, as a sign of strength against the G.M.U takeover a nearby fort and town under the control of the G.M.U and show them we are not leaving them alone anymore. We had all of the Sea of Thieves Grand Fleet on our side and ready to fight and pillage the slave-ships owned by the G.M.U and scout ahead of the fleet. There are around eight hundred Ships of the Line going out of the Sea and striking G.M.U forts and slave shipping lanes and all of their coastal plantations, mines and military outposts. I have also gained some more officers on the crew. Those Pirates are Shining Armour and Danny Eclipse. Shining Armour was the Captain of the Royal Guard, and Danny is the former Night Guard Captain, who is rumoured to be the son of Nightmare Moon and King Sombra, but I don’t listen or care about rumours on my crew. Also, I have changed the name of my Ship from The Pirate Prince to The Santiano. “You all know what to do now?” I asked my captains of all the Ships of the Line to which they nodded, went back to their ships and began to set sail to their destinations with their ships full of supplies and ammo types like the chain-shot and other surprises as well. “Time to fight the G.M.U and bring harmony back to Equis!” I said to my crew as they began to set the sails and got ready of the fight ahead. I soon pulled out my violin and began to play a song that I have learned from my dad, and it is a great song to sing for a Pirate Crew like mine. (Cue Booty Bound By JT Music) The fort that we were going to raid and conquer was in front of us, waiting to be taken with a garrison that is small enough to guard some of the nearby towns that are more like mining slave villages. The plan was simple, damage the fortifications and kill most of the soldiers that blindly serve the G.M.U, but only leave those who are still young and are willing to join the cause against the enemies of Piracy. We were approaching the fort when Rainbow and her scouts came back to report on the fort’s weaknesses and troop count and positions. “As long as we keep attacking the fort at long-range and focus on the weak points. We’ll be saving us so much trouble and casualties when assaulting the fort,” I told Rainbow and then to the rest of the crew, “Alright lads and lasses, let's liberate this fort and town from the Grand Maritime Union!” The fort as soon pounded by some recent upgrades to the Prince, like mortars and rockets to damage the fort as much as possible. But leave the town and its residents alone running to their homes. The mortar shells are a BlunderBombs and the rockets are ones that put the enemies into a dance like the CurseCannonBall, The JigBall. The ships guarding the shoreline were just noticing the attack on the fort and began to sail ahead to defeat us in the open water. Which is never a good idea because the Prince is made for such fighting conditions and have at least eighty cannons to wreak some havoc. All while my crew as singing a song that is the battle theme of our first fight with the G.M.U. (Cue Yo Ho A Pirate’s Life For Me only the lyrics are made to fit the theme that William is trying to move across the world) [Instrumental as the song was going on, the fort and the troops inside are being torn apart from all the artillery fire and the Pirate Crew of the Prince is killing the troopers at the fort and have captured the corrupt governor there. after the town was liberated we started to sing, dance and party with the townsfolk.] [The Crew of the Santiano and the townsfolk] Yo ho, yo ho, a Pirate’s life for me, Rare treasures and riches vast, drink up me hearties yo ho, From Pirate Legends in the past, drink up me hearties yo ho. Yo ho, yo ho, a Pirate’s life for me, Shared voyages with a faithful crew, drink up me hearties yo ho, A call to sail the ocean blue, dream up me hearties yo ho. Yo ho, yo ho, a Pirate’s life for me, The Sea of Thieves, the rumours fare, drink up me hearties yo ho. A fortune lies buried there, drink up me hearties yo ho. A hidden route under fearsome sky, drink up me hearties yo ho. Fortune calls to those that try, drink up me hearties yo ho. Yo ho, yo ho, a Pirate’s life for me, Athena's Fortune now calls to ye, drink up me hearties yo ho. TO BECOME LEGEND UPON THE SEA, DRINK UP ME HEARTIES YO HO!!!!!!!!!!! Yo ho, yo ho, a Pirate’s life for me, Rare treasures and riches vast, drink up me hearties yo ho, From Pirate Legends in the past, drink up me hearties yo ho. Yo ho, yo ho, a Pirate’s life for me, Shared voyages with a faithful crew, drink up me hearties yo ho, A call to sail the ocean blue, dream up me hearties yo ho. Yo ho, yo ho, a Pirate’s life for me, The Sea of Thieves, the rumours fare, drink up me hearties yo ho. A fortune lies buried there, drink up me hearties yo ho. A hidden route under fearsome sky, drink up me hearties yo ho. Fortune calls to those that try, drink up me hearties yo ho. Yo ho, yo ho, a Pirate’s life for me, Athena's Fortune now calls to ye, drink up me hearties yo ho. TO BECOME LEGEND UPON THE SEA, DRINK UP ME HEARTIES YO HO!!!!!!!!!!! (Song Ends) As we were searching around the fort looking for some supplies, one of my crewmembers called to me and told me about some Ponies that were held captive for the past ten years. “Take me to them, now!” I said to the Pegasus Pirate. Some of my Nakama saw where I was going but only Applejack and Zecora went to see what was going on. “William, what’s going on?” Applejack asked me. As I came into the fort’s cells, I heard crying that sounded too good to be true. I hesitated to go on ahead of Applejack, so I let her go first as the Pony cowgirl quickly rush to the sound of the two most love and asked about Ponies in the whole of the Brony fandom. The sounds of Bright Mac and Pear Butter AKA Buttercup as Apple Bloom, Big Mac and now Applejack were in a group hug that just melted my heart and caused tears to come out of my eyes. To be continued. > Chapter 19 Do you hear the people sing? (Edited) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Cue Randy Dandy Oh from Assassin's Creed 4 Black Flag Soundtrack) (End Shanty, I hope you enjoyed it) The crew sings some shanties as we sail to Manehatten, the former home base of the G.M.U, in hopes to capture the leader of the Union. Goddess-President of Ponykind Sunset Shimmer. It has been six months since we declared war on the Union and have been winning every battle since the first raids months ago. Across the world, the G.M.U has been losing both the sea and the land wars and support from the Ponies of Equestria was falling, when it was leaked that Sunset, was using griffins as slaves to fuel their war machine and was mistreating other Pony races from the lower classes. The good news is that Ponies have been moving away from Equestria and started living in the Sea of Thieves. The Ponies included: The Ponies of Ponyville, the whole Apple family, Twilight’s friends and family from Canterlot and some ponies who are considered outsiders and outcasts by the Union like the Bat Ponies, the Kirins and the other creatures that are living in Equestria for a long time despite them being citizens of the kingdom. As for the Sea of Thieves, the trading companies now have something new called Company Emissaries for the Gold Hoarders, the Merchant Alliance, the Order of Souls, Athena’s Fortune (My Dad’s company), and the new one to enter the Sea of Thieves called, the Reaper’s bones. The Reaper’s Bones are a company of Pirates that believe that the Pirates of the Sea are getting weak from the alliances and fighting over gold and cargo and give Pirates a chance to hunt down these Emissaries and steal their cargo and bring it back to the Reaper’s Hideout for some gold and reputation for turning in stolen loot. They haven’t sworn their loyalties to my family or me, ye., But I know why that is, I will reveal more as time goes on. “So, we've gotta walk, right into the lion’s den that is Manehatten? Are you mad, William?!” Twilight yelled at me about my plan as we talk about it in my cabin. “We haven’t gained an inch of ground in Equestria to make a difference, Twi,” I told her truthfully, “If we don’t take a city or a town or a beachhead, we will be fighting the Union for many more months or even years. Do you want to see this war end right now than later, Twi?” Twilight sighed, “I do, William, I do. But we can’t just go into the heart of the G.M.U just like that. There has to be another way to do it? There has to be.” “No matter what we do, we can’t lose the war to the Union. My reports say that the garrison troops in Manehatten have weakened in the past few weeks, ever since the Union moved their headquarters to Canterlot. But still enough to pose a challenge against us.” I told Twilight, “Remember, Twi, we are The Outcasts of the Abyss. We were all betrayed by someone from the Union. Be it a Landlord, some Union Soldiers, or family that believes in all of the above. We will bring the Union down as soon as possible.” “The Prince is back!” One Pony cried out, and all the Ponies of Manehatten saw my friends and me and began to surround us and began to ask how it was in the Sea of Thieves. “Ponies of Manehatten!” I begin to start my speech, “I know that all of you have questions about our time in the Sea of Thieves, and you’re also wondering why my mother decided to leave the kingdom to the G.M.U’s money-hungry schemes and exploits. But I have returned to this land to do one thing and one thing only. And that is to bring down the Grand Maritime Union and all who serve it willing!” Ponies look at each other with worry on their faces. “I know that you are afraid to do anything about it and have friends or family who are broken mentally, spiritually and physically by this Union. You can make a difference in this world. If you believe in yourself and your strength, you can overcome anything if you put your mind to it. I stand on this pier not as a Pirate nor as a Prince of Equestria, but as a common Pony just like all of you, who is wanting to make a difference. But even I can admit that I need help from all of the Ponies from all over Equestria. Sunset has left the common Pony to suffer by the wheels of the corporate elite that is the Grand Maritime Union. She does not care for those who are from the working class of the social ladder.” As my speech was going on, Ponies are looking more like they want to fight against the Union and fight for freedom that is in all of us. “And so I stand here. Begging. Pleading. For one thing. For just. One. Thing. Fight. Here and now, please help us. Please...Fight. Fight for liberty, your own and those who’ve lost it. Fight for equality, so that you may never be crushed again. Fight for brotherhood because when one of us suffers in chains, we all suffer as one.” “FIGHT!” I screamed in my Canterlot Royal Voice, “FIGHT! SO THAT THESE RIGHTS MAY NEVER BE STRIPPED FROM YOU, OR ANYONE ELSE, EVER AGAIN!” I was waiting for something from the crowd that now all of Manehatten has been standing near me. And then, “YOU HEARD THE PRINCE. LET’S DRIVE THEM OUT OF THE LAND!” One Pony said, and the rest followed suit. But the G.M.U was standing at the edge of the crowd looking for myself and my crew. “EveryPony return to your homes now and leave the criminals to us.” The G.M.U Captain said to the crowd, but no-one moved away from us. That is until I appeared before them and the Captain pulled a gun at me. “Leave now or else, Pirate!” I moved his gun to my head and said, “MAKE ME,” in a low tone. ‘CLICK’ The gun went as the Captain looked scared at me. “Next time you want to make a threat like that, load the bucking thing next time,” I said to him as the Captain lost all nerve, ran and all of the Ponies around me cheered at me. Then I knew what to sing, a song that is not from my world but was sang during The Hong Kong Protests against China, so it does work here. (Cue Do You Hear The People Sing? From Les Miserables) (#BlackLivesMatter) (Two weeks later) Canterlot was in sight, all of the Grand Maritime Union’s troops were waiting for us where Ponyville was before the G.M.U raze it to the ground. It managed to royally piss off all of my Nakama, Mom and all who were living in the town. Sunset was sitting in ‘her’ castle and likely thinking that my army of 12,000 Pirates cannot take on her army. The numbers of her army are still unknown at this point. And then, we see flags of the G.M.U on the horizon, “William!” Rainbow called tp me, “I found the enemy, and you’re not going to like the numbers,” “How many, Dashie?” I asked carefully. “One million Yellow-Coats,” Rainbow told me. I was shocked at what Rainbow said to me, “One million?” I said in a low voice, “That’s enough to conquer the world in a matter of weeks,” “I know for a fact that this will not be an easy fight, my son,” Dad said to me, “But if we fail here, the world as we know it will never be free as us,” “We have to win,” I said as Demarco came up to me. “Revenge will not bring back the Equestria that we know and love, brother. And I would rather win a glorious battle than to become a slave for the G.M.U,” He said. “And revenge is something that we as Pirates are not willing to die for,” Lesedi added. “You’re right,” I said calmly and then added, “Then what shall we die for,” I then walk to a rock sticking out of the ground and give them my speech, “You will listen to me. LISTEN! The whole of Equis will be looking here, to us, to The Banished Buccaneers to lead. And what will they see, frighten bilge rats this far away from our ships? No, they will see free creatures and true freedom that only the Sea of Thieves can offer! And what the enemy will see is the flash of our cannons, they will hear the ring of our swords and they will know what we can do and will fear us, Pirates, for the rest of their lives! By the sweat of our brows and the strength of our back and the courage of our hearts and the those who we call Nakama! Everyone, hoist the colours.” (Cue What Shall We Die For? From Pirates of the Caribbean At World’s End.) Everyone was looking at me now with confident smiles on their faces and were whispering “Hoist the colours,” as with they know what to do now as reinforcements from all of the kingdoms and countries have arrived in the hundreds of thousands. “Our allies are here, lads,” Shining said to the others, “THAT ALL WE NEED!” And all of the Pirates cried their battle cries. “HOIST THE COLOURS!” I yelled at the top of my royal Canterlot voice, and all of my crews and Nakama raise them high and proud. All of our allies raise their black flags to. There was some from all over the multiverse of not just my world, but some from One Piece, Assassin’s Creed 4 Black Flag, Pirates of the Caribbean, Sea of Thieves and real-life Pirates from the Human World as they were singing Hoist the Colours one last time. Then I raised my own black flag. It was a red flag with a black quadruped Dragon in flight above a maelstrom, clutched in its claws was a small chest on each claw. Meanwhile, in the castle at Canterlot, Sunset was making some tea as an officer approached her, “We have favourable weather, ma’am,” The officer said to Sunset. “Good,” she replied, “Tell the troops to give no quarter, this mess that spoiled brat made will be destroyed for the good of the world,” Soon flags were raised to signal the all of troops to march forward. “William the enemy is moving toward us!” Rainbow called to us. “Let them come to us, Dashie!” I called back to her as all of my Nakama was watching the enemy march toward us. “There’s too many of them, even with all 230,000 Pirate Legends with us,” Applejack said. “So what! We can take them all out with possible!” Rainbow yelled at Applejack to which Applejack got into Rainbow’s face. “YOU WANT TO TAKE THEM ON, THEN GO ON AHEAD!” Applejack challenge Rainbow. “ONE SONICRAINBOM WILL DO THE TRICK!” Rainbow bragged to Applejack as I walked right past to two of them. “Hey, Will? What are you doing?” “William?” Mom asked me, but I didn’t respond. “Will?” Twilight asked me as I walked to the frontline of G.M.U Yellow-Coats. “That 20 billion Bit bounty is mine!” One called out as muskets were aiming at me. Sunset laughed, “KILL HIM!” She ordered. (Cue The Very Very Very Strongest from One Piece) But as I walked closer to the Yellow-Coats, they were all falling like flies, rank by rank, unit by unit until all of the Yellow-coats were lying on the ground. Passed out. “WHAT THE BUCK!” Fluttershy yelled at the sight of the field of all the Yellow-Coats. Sunset and all the higher members of the G.M.U were staring in shock at the scene before them as I walked to the castle gates, broke it down and knock all of the G.M.U troops out and made my way to meet face to face with Sunset. “Hell, Sunset Shimmer,” I said in a calm voice, but to her, I had slow-burning cannon fuses under my tricorne. Making me like not only a pony version of Blackbeard himself but like Blackbeard, I was like the devil himself. “I hope you have made your peace because I have one request from you. Surrender now or be killed by the hangman’s noose,” Sunset just nodded yes. “THE GRAND MARITIME UNION IS DISBANDED AND THE WAR FOR FREEDOM, IS OVER!” (Cue A Professional Pirate from Muppets Treasure Island Soundtrack) "Tell the truth lads. Do you really think the G.M.U was going to spare you all, with your links to my Mom?" I told the Canterlot Nobles, "Even though you supported the now-former government of this land, who are now dead on the fields of battle outside. Join us, lads. Pledge your life to the black flag to live long and plunder!” To Be Continued. > Chapter 20 The Outcasts of the Abyss Get Displaced > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- [Third person view] "By the time William arrived at Canterlot, the war was all but over at that point." Captain Falcons said to the interviewer, "All six months of non-stop fighting was coming to an end. But William knew that there would be others to take their place and rerun things and cause more harm than good." Falcore sighed, "He was always looking forward to the defeat of the Union." Falcore chuckled, "So much that he wanted to propose to Twilight after the dust had settled. But that we never get to see it. Why do you ask? Because as soon as they return to Libertalia, they just disappeared. The fleet, the city, the whole of the crew and their friends and family. Everyone just vanished, without a trace." "He was called the Pirate that all Pirates respected because he trusted all who served under the Jolly Roger and in turn, they would respect him no matter what their way of fighting was at the time," Pace22 told the interviewer, who was sitting next to Falcore. "He didn't care what creature you were, or your place in the Sea of Thieves. If you are a Changeling, a Griffin or a Dragon. He cares about you and your place in the world, and he goes out of his way to help you in any way possible," "If there is anyone who feels responsible for what happened to William Singh, his friends and family, his city, his fleet and his place in the world. It is me and myself alone," Hitbotc said in a sad and depressed voice like he was speaking the truth for the first time in years, "I was the one who released Captain Flameheart to our Sea of Thieves and gave the skull of his remains to Pendragon in the first place. When William found out about this and mention it, I thought he was going to banish me to the ferryman. But to my and Everypirates shock, he didn't and said that Pirates make mistakes all the time and Nopirate was perfect." "No one knew where my little brother, William and the whole of the Sea of Thieves Grand Fleet went to after they returned to Libertalia. But some say that they've lost in the space between space. Some say that they've back to William's Human world." Demarco said. "But where ever they are, we'll be ready for their return in any way shape or form," [First Person View William Hunter Singh] Once my version is clear from what Flameheart, I saw that everyone was still as their forms from Equestria and not the Equestria Girls forms. The air feels the same and all the buildings were left undamaged, but something about this world made me feel safe but not safe at the same time. "William?" Twi called to me, "What's going on? Where are we?" "I don't know, Twi," I told her truthfully, "But things are still the same to me. Just not cartoony anymore. I take a look around the place, outside of Libertalia." I opened my wings and took off to the sky and flew to Galleons Grave Outpost to see what has changed by Flameheart. As I was flying through the air, I saw some Galleons fighting ten Ghost Ships just in front of Galleons Grave Outpost. Yet another threat added to the Sea of Thieves that is just more treasure for us Pirates. But the difference is that there are Human Pirates on the ships this time. They were Fighting the Ghost Ships as some of the ghost Pirates are fighting back against the Humans. "This is the Sea of Thieves that I remember, that's for sure," I said as I took a deep breath in and out as I began to fly back to Libertalia. But I saw six ships flying varies colours on their hulls, sails and flags. The first ship's colours are dark yellow, brown and dark green with a bright yellow key of the mainmast sail. Second ship's colours are bright blue and yellow with a yellow globe on the mainmast sail. Third ship's colours are dark purple and pink with a light blue all-seeing eye on the sails. The fourth ship's colours are bright blue and red with a yellow leaf crown with a cutlass in it. The fifth ship's colours are dark, dark green with a different coloured white-blue fish on the sails. And the sixth ship's colours are blackish-red and the bright red symbol of the Reaper's Bones. The last ship in the fleet is coloured gold and royal purple and had the Athena's Fortune mark on the sails and flag. All of these ships are in an alliance with each other and are heading straight towards Libertalia and my Nakama. I turned to greet them and began to cast a fog spell to try to scare and intimidate them into showing that I was not a Pirate to mess with. "FOG?! At a time like this?!" Humphery, The Hoarder, yells out loud as the fog began to roll in. "Now, now, Humphery. Let's stay calm," Chef Trader Mollie said to the rest of the fleet. "FILLIES AND GENTALCOLTS, MARES AND STALLIONS, FOALS OF ALL AGES! YOU ARE SAILING INTO MY PART OF THE SEA OF THIEVES IF YOU WISH TO SAVE YOURSELVES AND YOUR CREWS! THEN PUT ALL OF YOUR WEAPONS DOWN! NOW!" I said in my Canterlot Royal Voice to the Human Pirates. "WHO ARE YOU?!" Human Demarco yelled at me. "MY NAME IS WILLIAM HUNTER SINGH, THE GRAND PIRATE ADMIRAL OF THE OUTCASTS OF THE ABYSS! AND I WANT TO BE FRIENDS WITH YOU ALL!" I replied to Demarco. "We're not your friends, whoever you are," The Servant of the Flame said with venom in his ghostly voice, "And are you responsible for this fog?" "I am my fellow Pirates. I cast a spell to make this fog by myself. And I know that Madame Olivia would like to know how I did that," I said behind Lesedi and Demarco, scaring the both of them as the fog lifted. "What is that?" Lesedi said in shock. "I am William Hunter Singh, the Grand Pirate Admiral of the Banished Buccaneers. And you are Lesedi and Demarco Singh, the son and daughter of the Pirate Lord Ramsey Singh," I told them. "IT CAN TALK?!" Merry Merrick yelled in confusion. "Yes, I can talk, and my ears are ringing now, thanks to you," I said with my ears closed and ringing. "Now follow me to Libertalia and the rest of my Nakama," "But that's the way to the Shores of Gold. Isn't it?" Madame, Olivia asked me. "It was the Shores of Gold, Olivia. But now it is the Land of the Free, Libertalia, Governed by the People of the Sea." I said as I took off from the deck and began to fly to Libertalia. "Follow me, my fellow Pirates!" As the six ships sailed into view of the Pirate city, music began to play in the background. (Cue Under Jolly Roger by Santiano) As my Nakama sang the song, the Human Pirates were slowly joining in the singing. As the music plays, I knew myself and my crew of friends are in the right place in the universe after all this time. (End Song) To Be Continued. > Chapter 21 The Battle of Reaper's Hideout. > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Cue Santiana by the Longest Johns) The Sea of Thieves Grand Fleet. As the fleets of Pirates sang and sail to the small island named The Reaper's Hideout. All of the Pirates were checking their weapons, ammo and gear. "REAPER'S HIDEOUT, DEAD AHEAD! CAPTAIN!" The lookout called out as the crew ready themselves for a fight. "Now is the time, Pirates of the Sea, to unite. For the minions of Captain Flameheart gather. On that forsaken Hideout, the Ashen Lords are cowardly hiding away hoping to strike at us when we are at our weakest. BUT NOW MORE! As my father, the Pirate Lord told me that he had sent Pirates ahead into the depths of the Hideout to fight the enemy and defeat Flameheart and all that serve him. Now sharpen your swords and axes, load your guns and make ready for war. FOR RAMSEY, FOR THE SEA OF THIEVES, FOR PIRACY!" I gave a rallying speech to my Grand Fleet as at the end of it all of my Pirates were cheering at rallying speech. As the rowboats and landing ships that I took inspiration from D-Day landed on the shores of The Reaper's Hideout. All of my Pirates are beginning to fight the Skeletons. The Reaper's Bones Pirate's that are waiting for them as my Pirate that are shooting with Eye's of Reach began to snipe the most dangers Pirate's and Skeletons like the Skeleton that are holding Gunpowder Kegs and lighting up the fort and all of the Pirates inside. Cannons from the Ships surrounding the island began to fire at the fort, giving my Pirates an edge in battle. "BLOODY PIRATES!" A voice came from the top of the Church-like building at the centre of the Hideout. It was an Ashen Lord. His voice just clicked in my head. It was Stichter Jim but in a Skeleton voice, all Twisted and filled with hatred and darkness. "You think you can come to our home, kill us all and burn this island to the ground. Well, I got some news for you, Pirates, We have converted some Pirate Legend and are now fighting on our side. EDWARD WINDSOR! KILL THE 'GRAND PIRATE ADMIRAL' AND THEN ALL OF HIS LACKYS!" "Yes, my lord," Edward said as he teleported to me with a cutlass in hand then came to me and then the Pirate Legend and I began to dual as my Pirates attack the fort. (Cue Victory from The Pirate Movie soundtrack) As my Pirates sang the song of victory and were fighting the Reaper's Bones Pirates, the Skeletons and the Ashen Lords. The dual with the rogue Pirate Legend was going against my side, but thanks to some more training with my Mom and Dad, Shining Armour and Aunt Luna. I was able to drive him back with both magic and sword skills. We fought on the deck of the Pirate Prince and it was a tug-of-war kind of fight on the ship. But then I got an idea on how to stop this fight quicker. I then teleported to the Hideout and tried to take out the Ashen Lord who was being guarded by some armoured Skeletons. But Edward blocked my attack, gained some ground and pushed me back. But as we locked swords, he pulled out a dagger from his side and struck me across my left eye, blinding and making me go into a blind rage. I charged him with my horn and pierced his heart, I then throw him off, grabbed him in my magic and shot him eight times with my Ebon Flintlocks Pistols and blasted him with five Blunderbombs, sending him to the eternal service to the Ferry of the Dammed. Just as the rest of the Ashen Lords have begun to fall apart as my Nakama burns the Hideout and looting it of its treasure and relics. Then I sang the chorus of the song as a victory cry as all seven fleets of my Nakama. (End Song) "WILLIAM!" Twilight, Spike, Applejack, Rainbow, Rarity, Fluttershy, Pinkie, Gilda, Trixie, Zecora, Apple Bloom, Sweetie Belle, Scootaloo, Shining Armour, Danny Eclipse, Mom, Dad and Aunt Luna yelled as they saw my eyepatch. "What Happened to you?" "I'm fine, It's nothing to worry about," I told them to reassure them, but there was no way I was convincing them. "Your eye, how bad is it?" Mom asked me with lots and lots of worry. "It's just a scratch, that's all," I replied. "I can try to heal it, but I'm not sure if it's going to be healed properly," Aunt Luna said to me. "I never said that the Pirate's life is easy and you can never get a scar or three," I told my family, "At least I now know what it is like to lose apart of your body, like you did, Dad," "That's right, my Son," Dad said to me, "When I lost my right hind leg, Tia here never left my side after the first battle with the Kraken," He then told me as Mom blushed a bit. "You know I was worried to death for your life after the fight with that monster, my love!" Mom said to Dad, who was just smiling like a proud man that he is as all of my friends giggled a little. "Excuse me, my lord, I believe these Pirates want to talk to you, my Lord," one of my Buccaneers interrupted my talk with my family. I turn to a group of four Human Pirates. "Thanks to you. Captain Flameheart and his army of Ashen Lords are no more. My Pirates will now see that this fort is razed to the ground and all of its treasures are safe and sound with their rightful owners." I told the Human Pirates, "But First, in the words of my brother Demarco, it's time to celebrate our glorious victory!" (Cue On The Sea of Thieves by Stormfrun and please sing-along and enjoy) To Be Continued. > Chapter 22 The King and Queen of the Pirates. > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- One year. It has been one year since I came to Equestria, sailed to the Sea of Thieves and found my place in the universe at large. All the friends that I have made over the many months on the seas. All of the fights we had against our enemies. Skeleton Pirates, Skeleton Lords, Sea Monsters, The Grand Maritime Union, Captain Flameheart and his Ashen Lords and other Pirates who don’t like the fact that there are now Mythical, talking creatures as the newest Pirates on the Sea of Thieves. And now it the most important day of mine and Twilight’s lives. Our wedding and our coronation as the first King and Queen of the Pirates of this world. “Why do we have to come to this place again!” Humphery said out loud, much to the annoyance to the other Pirates who are on the ship leading them to Libertalia. “Oh, do be quiet, Humphery. We’re invited to the coronation and the wedding of the first Pirate King and Queen of history.” Chef Trader Mollie said to the angry Gold Hoarder. “We’re witnessing history in the making!” “History in the making indeed, Mollie,” Madame Olivia said, with a smile on her face. “Though I wonder why would they allow two events instead of one today and one next week?” “Good question, my Pirate Witch friend,” Merrick said to Madame Olivia. Why was this the case, my dear readers? Well, Mom told me that having both the wedding and the coronation on the same day will be much easier on all of the guests that are showing up today instead of what Madame Olivia asked herself. Plus Pinkie said it would be easier on her and Rarity as a whole for party managing and outfit-making for the both of them for myself and Twilight. Another thing is that Mom and Dad said that the wedding would be for close friends and family only, while the coronation will be more public for all of the Sea of Thieves to watch and be apart of history. In the groom’s room, I was in getting ready for the biggest day of my and Twi’s life. I was nervous and scared as hell about both the wedding and the coronation. Now don’t get me wrong, I was beyond excited for my wedding and the coronation, and so was my crew and my family. But the tales of people being nervous about to be married are all too real to me and maybe my Twi as well. “Alright, William Hunter Singh,” I said to myself as it is my way of calming down all the time both in the past and now, “You’re going to marry the mare that you love the most, and in the process, you are going to be crowned The King of the Pirates alongside your new wife as The Queen of the Pirates. Nothing to worry about. Just stress and worry and fear and a whole load of stuck-up Pirates who think that they know how to rule the Sea of Thieves,” It wasn’t helping at all as my Dad walked into the room that I was in. “Having second thoughts, my Son?” Dad asked me as he walked into the room. “it’s more like my nerves are trying to get to me and possibly Twi,” I said to Dad. “I know it’s cliche to say that I know the feeling of cold hoofs, but it’s true for both your mother and me,” Dad said while having a look of nostalgia on his face. “I still remember the first time I met your mother back some 37 years ago on Equestria. It was in a library in a small town just off the coast of the ocean. She was in a different form than her Alicorn form, for she was in disguise as a pegasus pony. Her nose was in the books in the library for reasons that will change the world for the better or, the worse.” “It sounds like I need to listen to it,” I said as I got my royal Pirate King outfit ready. It was like a British’s King outfit, but the primary colour was raven black with snow-white highlights, buttons and cuffs, and the cape was blood-red. All that was missing was my crown that holds my Element of Freedom that I was keeping in secret not to let it fall into the wrong hooves. Just like Twilight’s coronation at the finale of season three in Friendship is Magic, it will be used at the coronation as soon as we are ready to begin. “Not right now, my son. You have a wedding and a coronation to prepare for,” Dad told me, “Are you ready to marry the mare you love most of all?” “Yes, Dad. I am,” I told him. All of my Nakama was in the central courtyard of the Governer’s Palace of Libertalia as well all 12,000 Pirates under my command were there in the crowd outside the Palace. The wedding began with Apple Bloom, Scootaloo and Sweetie Belle walking down the aisle as they were dropping flower peddles while Twilight was walking down the aisle wearing the same outfit when she wore it in the Series finale of the show. Looking like a royal pony that she always was it the first place. When she came near the altar where Mom was standing in the same dress in the season three finale Twi face me, and I couldn’t help but say, “You look like a billion amethyst gems, Twi,” Twilight giggled, and we turned our heads to Mom and nodded to begin the wedding. “Dearly beloved, we are gathered here today to join the soon-to-be-crowned King and Queen of the Pirates William Hunter Singh and Twilight Sparkle in holy matrimony,” Mom said in a clear voice. “but before we can begin. They have a special way of sealing their vows, Will?” “We would like to sing this song to a special wedding song since we began this voyage,” I told my friends and crowd of Pirates outside our Palace. “You ready?” I then asked my soon-to-be-wife, to which she nodded. (Cue For The Dancing And The Dreaming By The Hound + The Fox) As we sang the song, all of the Pirates were starting to cry little by little. “Awwwwwww,” All the Pirates of Libertalia went as the song ended, then Mom cleared her throat to quiet the crowd. “Do you, William Hunter Singh, take Twilight Sparkle to be your lawfully wedded wife?” Mom asked me. “I do,” I told Mom as I stared into Twilight’s eyes. “Do you, Twilight Sparkle, take William Hunter Singh to be your lawfully wedded husband?” Mom asked Twi. “I do,” Twi told Mom as Twi began to cry. “May we have to rings, please?” Mom asked Spike, who was holding our rings on a pillow. I used my magic to grab Twi’s ring and place it on Twi’s horn as Twi did the same with mine ring. “I now pronounce you, Alicorn Pirate Lord and Alicorn Pirate Lady. you may kiss the bride!” Mom declared to Twi and me then we kissed, and the crowd cheered. (A few hours later) “We are gathered here today in celebration of a momentous occasion,” The human Pirate Lord said to the crowd of 20 million Pirates out there on the Sea of Thieves. “William Hunter Singh and his beautiful wife, Twilight Singh. Have done extraordinary things since they have first met in another world, all those years ago. They helped the Sea of Thieves in ways that made me proud to call them my friends or Nakama in William’s words. They defeated the Reaper’s Bones Pirates and helped to defeat Captain Flameheart and bring Pirate’s Peace in our Sea of Thieves. And now, please welcome for the very first time in Sea of Thieves and world history. Pirate King William Hunter Singh and his wife, Pirate Queen Twilight Singh!” (Cue Diggy Diggy Hole Orchestra by Wind Rose. I hope you enjoy these new lyrics I’ve made just for this fanfic) [William and Twilight Singh] Pirates of the Sea rejoice! [Pirates] Swing, swing, swing with me! [William and Twilight Singh] Raise your sword and raise your voice! [Pirates] Sing, sing, sing with me [William and Twilight Singh] Around and around the Sea of Thieves, We will fight all marines, Taking on the wider world, With our black flag unfurled. [Everyone] Born everywhere, some of us betrayed by home, Raised on a ship, and all we know is the Captain’s tone, Skin made of iron, steel in our bones, To sail the sea makes us free, Come, my Pirates, sing with me. I am a Pirate and I’m sailing the sea, Sailing the sea, sailing the sea, I am a Pirates and I’m sailing the sea, Sailing the sea, sailing the sea! [William and Twilight Singh] The Devil’s Shroud protects us all, [Pirates] From the G.M.U. [William and Twilight Singh] Always ready for the call, [Pirates] We welcome all to the crew. [William and Twilight Singh] Fill a tankard and down some mead! Stuff your bellies at the feast! Stumble home and fall asleep, Dreaming in our Pirate keeps. [Everyone] Born everywhere, trained to find endless gold, The world is our cradle, we shall sail until we’re old, Face us on the open sea, you will meet your doom, We do not fear the Skeletons, We have treasure by the tons. I am a Pirate and I’m sailing the sea, Sailing the sea, sailing the sea, I am a Pirate and I’m sailing the sea, Sailing the sea, sailing the sea. I am a Pirate and I’m sailing the sea, Sailing the sea, sailing the sea, I am a Pirate and I’m sailing the sea, Sailing the Sea, sailing the Sea. Born everywhere, some of us betrayed by home, Raised on a ship, and all we know is the Captain’s tone, Skin made of iron, steel in our bones, To sail the sea makes us free, Come, my Pirates, sing with me. I am a Pirate and I’m sailing the sea, Sailing the sea, sailing the sea, I am a Pirate and I’m sailing the sea, Sailing the sea, sailing the sea I am a Pirate and I’m sailing the sea, Sailing the sea, sailing the sea, I am a Pirate and I’m sailing the sea, Sailing the sea, sailing the sea. (End Song) “ENCORE, ENCORE!” Went the Pirates and the human Pirate Lord complied. (Cue Toss a coin to your Witcher from the Witcher Netflix series again Different lyrics made by your’s truly) [The human Pirate Lord] When a humble lord, Grace a ride-along, With William Singh, Along came this song. For when the Admiral fought, A silver-tongued devil, His army of evil at, His boots did they revel. They came after me, With masterful deceit, Brokedown my hopes, And they kick in my teeth. While the devil’s swords, Slashed our tender meat, And so cried, William He can’t be bleat. Toss a coin to your Pirate, O’ Shores of Plenty, O’ Shores of Plenty, Oh oh oh. Toss a coin to your Pirate, O’ Shores of Plenty. At the edge of the world, Fight the mighty horde, That bashes and breaks you, And brings you to morn’. He fights all evil, Far back on the shelf, Down low in the ocean, From whence they came. He wiped out your pest, Got kicked in his chest, He’s the King of the Pirates, So give him the rest. That’s my epic tale, Our champion prevailed, Defeated the villain, Now pour in his name! Toss a coin to your Pirate, O’ Shores of Plenty, O’ Shores of Plenty, Oh oh oh. Toss a coin to your Pirate, The King of the Pirates! Toss a coin to your Pirate, O’ Shores of Plenty, O’ Shores of Plenty, Oh oh oh. Toss a coin to your Pirate The King of the Pirates! Toss a coin to your Pirate, O’ Shores of Plenty, O’ Shores of Plenty, Oh oh oh. Toss a coin to your Pirate, The King of the Pirates! (Song End) "MOM! PLEASE STOP IT WITH THE BABY PHOTOS!" I cried as mom and Dad showed my crew a book full of baby photos. Who is the baby you might be wondering? It's me, and I am just blushing with my face until it either goes red or mom and Dad stop it. "But honey," Twilight said to me, "You look so cute as a baby," I smirked at my wife, "How would you like it if your mom showed everypirate your baby photos," I told her in a teasing tone. Twilight stop laughing, took one look at me, and her jaw and eyes went wide as much as possible when. "My Daughter has the right to tease her son all she likes," A voice came from me as mom and aunt Luna began to cry, and my eyes went wide. I turn to see a tall cream coated, red rose mane and tail Alicorn with a black writing quill and ink standing right in front of me. "Lauren Faust," I said in a small voice. "That's Grandma Faust to you, my grandson," Grandma said to me with a smirk on her muzzle. "MOM!" mom and aunt Luna yelled as they dived into Grandma. Hugging her like there's no tomorrow. And then. "Now, now, you two. That's no way to say welcome back to your mother without giving me a hug or three to your grandma," Another voice came from behind me. Seriously why with the hiding behind me all to surprise me is weird even as I have the memory in my head. Behind me, this time was a white coat Alicorn with a blonde mane and tail with the old Gen one My Little Pony Logo as a cutie mark. "Bonne Zacherle," I once again squeaked. "GRANDMA!" All two 'mature' Alicorns looked at Great Grandma Bonne or double G and tackled her and hugged her as all of my Nakama, allies and bystanders were standing there looking shocked at the scene in front of them. "What the buck?" I said to myself as Dad came up beside me. "I couldn't agree more, son," Dad said to me. "Where have the two of you been?" Double G asked mom and aunt Luna, "I have been looking for you all over the universe and multiverse for you two," "And I would like no excesses from the two of you," Double G added. "Captain Flameheart banished us to this world, and no matter how many times we try to find a way back, we can't get back even with Flameheart being dead," mom said to Double G. "But we've liked the Life that Piracy in the Sea of Thieves can offer," aunt Luna added. "Fair enough," Double G said to the two Alicorn Mare Pirates. "And I see that you have been busy lately," Double G added as she looked to Dad and me. "I was just a normal Earth Pony when your granddaughter found me, and somehow the Sea of Thieves itself turned me into an Alicorn when I became the Pirate Lord," Dad said to Double G. "And the 'Alicorn Pirate King of the Sea of Thieves', was he ascended too?" Double G asked Dad as she looks at me and making me feel small. "Natural born, ma'am," I squeaked. That got both Double G and Grandma to make a double-take, "How?" The two Goddess asked me. "The magic of the Sea of Thieves," I told both of them. "Sure," The two goddess said to me. "I'm sure that will need to be explained in great detail someday," Grandma said, "I hear that there's a party for my grandson's coronation and wedding, so let's party!" As Grandma said those words, the whole of Libertalia lit up and was now partying like there is no tomorrow. Then some music came on the stage as Mom, Aunt Luna, Cadence, Grandma and Double G were on the stage getting ready for a dance. (Cue Lifelight from Super Smash Bros Ultimate) As my family sang the song, my vision was soon changed into one of fire and darkness as soon as Aunt Luna sang the word world. All hope seemed lost and gone. I saw Libertalia in ruins as bodies of Pirates of all kinds lay dead as the flag of the Grand Maritime Union flies high and stubbornly proud. The next scene was more filled with battle and bloodshed as G.M.U and Pirate ships attack each other as Captain Flameheart watches from up in the sky. More and more of these scenes as the five Alicorn Mares sang the song. My vision came back as soon as my family sang the final chorus. Twilight was looking at me with a worried face on as I mutter to her that I'm fine as I smiled as I sang the last part of the song. (End Song) To be continued. > Chapter 23 Pirates to the Core. > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Today, I called Applejack, Rainbow, Rarity, Fluttershy, Pinkie, Gilda, Trixie, Zecora, Danny and Shining to a meeting about the future of The Outcasts of the Abyss. "So, William. What do you want to talk about?" Rainbow asked me. "I called you all here because I want to give you all something that I know you all want your own for a long time since we came to this world," I told them, "I want to give you guys some ships to command," All of my closest friends all had big smiles on their muzzles, I held up a hoof to calm them down, "Now, I want you all to be on your best behaviour when commanding these Pirates. You all know that The Outcasts of the Abyss are growing at a fast rate. So much that we need to expand the number of ships at our disposal, that is why I'm giving you not only your own flagships but also your own fleets to do as you see fit. Just please REMEMBER the Pirate Code and the code of conduct," "YES WILLIAM, WE WILL WILLIAM," My first eight friends said to me. "Alright then, let's go and meet our newest Nakama!" I told them as I left the Treasure Room underneath Libertalia. "AHOY, GRAND PIRATE ADMIRAL!" Said the newest members of my faction. As of right now, The Outcasts of the Abyss' numbers have grown from 12,000 to 22,000. "AHOY, ME, HEARTIES!" I said to them back, "So happy to see all of you. I have right here your new commanders. now be nice to them, and I hope you will have a great time with them as you all learn to be great role models as the future of Piracy as a whole!" That got the whole of the group and my friends to cheer out loud. All 10,000 members were divided into a thousand Fleets with five hundred of them on each of my friends' flagships, and twenty of them were on large First Rate ships that can hold 20 Pirates of all sizes and all of the crews had some human Pirates within the groups. "Now, Fleet one will be assigned to Applejack with The Apple Grail," Fleet one was mostly Earth Ponies. "Fleet two will be assigned to Rainbow Dash with The Savage Lightning," Fleet two was made up mostly of Pegasi. "Fleet three will be with Rarity with The Victory Rose," Fleet three cheered as they were mainly Unicorns. "Fleet four will go to Fluttershy with The Sea Beasts," Fleet four was happy but quiet because they don't want to scare Fluttershy and was made up mostly of Dragons. "Fleet five will be assigned to Pinkie Pie with The Party Boat," Fleet five had Yaks as the crews of the fleets. "Fleet six will be with Gilda on The Devil's Revenge," Fleet six had mostly Griffins that were liberated from the war against the Equis version of the G.M.U. "Fleet seven will be sailing with Trixie Lulamoon with The Great Wizard," Fleet seven had a mix of other minor races of Equis including both eastern Kirin and western Kirin. "Fleet eight is Zecora with The Magic Potion." Zecora's Fleet had Zebras in the group for the most part. "Fleet nine will be Danny's Fleet with The Shadow Blades," Danny's group had Bat-Ponies that are Bat-Pony versions of Earth Ponies, Unicorns and of course Pegasus. "Shining Armour's Fleet will be Fleet ten with The Bladed Shield," Most of Shining's Crew was made up of former Canterlot Guards. "Now that you have your assignments time to go and meet your new commanders as now it's time for a PARTY!" I told the group as a familiar tune was playing in the background. [William Hunter Singh] Come on, Pirates Y'all know this one! [Twilight Singh] Let's a-go now. [William] YA, HARR! We travelled the seas of generations, Joined by a common bond. We sing our song 'cross the Pirate Nation, From the Sea of Thieves and beyond. [William and Twilight] We're Pirates forever, Pirates together, We're family, but so much more. No matter what comes, we will face the weather, We're Pirates to the core! [Twilight] There's no place that I'd rather be, Than Travelling with my family. Friends all around come to join and see, As we sing out across the land! [William and the Crew] We're Pirates forever, Pirates together, We're family, but so much more. No matter what comes, we will face the weather, We're Pirates to the core! [Celestia Singh] We're peas in a pod, we're thick as thieves, Any cliché you can throw at me. We're here for each other, through thick and thin, You're always welcome with your Pirate kin. Yhar! [Pinkie Pie] We're more fun than the colour pink, Or balloons flying over your favourite drink. The love we feel here is swim, not sink, As we party across this land! [Pirates of Libertalia] ALL RIGHT. We're Pirates forever, Pirates together, We're family, but so much more. No matter what comes, we will face the weather, We're Pirates to the core! (Song End) After the party that we had with the new members of my faction, I was summoned to the throne room down in the depths of Libertalia by Mom and Dad. For what they want to talk to me about I have no idea. "You summoned me," I said as I walked into the room and tried to pull off my best impression of Balthasar Gelt from Total War Warhammer. "SURPRISE!" Yelled the whole room full of Pirates as the lights went on as confetti fell from the top of the room. "HAPPY BIRTHDAY WILLIAM!" "You all were planning this for me?" I asked them with tears in my eyes, and the reason being is because no one threw me a birthday party before during my time in the human world. "We would never forget your birthday, silly," Twilight said to me, "We all know thanks to your Mom that the humans in the world that Flameheart banished you never to care to do this for you. So we had to do it for you because we all love you," Twilight kissed me on the lips after she said that to me. But I couldn't contain my tears anymore. "You're all so nice to me despite being the Pirate King of the Sea of Thieves," I told them as I let all of my feelings out in the open, "My past was nothing if not cruel and heartless in that time of my life. Since I was eight years old. My life has never been the same. My human dad married to a woman who thought that my Autism was not real and to her it was a way for me to get out of trouble and to be fair she did have a son with a disability of his own but was physical than mental like mine. So she belive that as long as you see the disability, it is a real disability. She made me work day after day doing yard work, washing windows, weeding the garden and sweeping the paths. And the times she didn't find work for me, she put me in a corner for hours on end. The ONLY time I was free from my torment was at school. It lasted for SIX YEARS OF MY LIFE! Six years of my Foalhood wasted away by someone who doesn't care for people like me or me. She sent me to a school that had a bad reputation for being the worst of the worst in that state that I live in. That lasted for FOUR YEARS OF MY LIFE to be bullied by both teachers and students all the time! Things did get better, and I was able to move away from my life at that house and life. But it was on November 9th 2016, where someone came to power and made me feel like my life and that world changed for the worst. Donald J Trump came to power and over the next 4 years of his time in leadership. He's lead the country into ruin and chaos. Every night I get visions of the future of The Wider World, I see the chaos that he's causing there. He is one that is willing to DIVDIE THE UNITED STATES, LET THEM DIE BY THE CORONAVIRUS BY THE THOUSANDS AND LET HIS MILITARY POLICE KILL INNOCENTS MEM AND WOMAN OF MINOR RACES IN FRONT OF THEIR KIDS! I can't hold this in anymore. All of you are being nice and kind to me that I have to let you all know the pain that I'm in at the moment. I can't thank you all enough for being my friends and my family. I really I mean it when I say that I love you all from the bottom of my heart. Thank you all. Thank you," As the song plays my family, all began to sing the song of days gone by. My heart goes out to the families of those who are suffering from this virus and to those that have lost someone from the current Leader of the United States, from the Virus and from the heartless police that has killed and slaughter, so many innocents, dehumanize them and have no care or heart in their lives at all. I hope and pray that come November 3rd that all of this pain will go away from them all. #BLACKLIVESMATTER #JUSTICE #TRUMPFAILED #VOTE2020 To be continued. > Chapter 24 Meeting the Merfolk. > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- A few days after my birthday party. I found an Amethyst Merfolk Gem on my desk. Curiously, I pick it up, and a magical hologram appeared from the gem and began to play the message. "To the 'Alicorn Pirate King of the Sea of Thieves' William Hunter Singh," A regal looking Mermaid said with a Jamaican Accent to me like a pre-recorded message, "My name is Poseidon, the King of the Merfolk The Greek God of the Sea. Ever since the Flamehearted Devil attacks the realm you and all of your subjects call the 'Sea of Thieves', I always wanted to meet and talk to the current ruler of these Seas, to which it is you, young Pirate King. I want you and your family, friends and allies to talk about the future of these waters and how it may affect both you and us Merfolk. This gem is a special, one-of-a-kind Gem that had the ability to give anyone the properties of breathing underwater forever as long as they wish it. Meet my envoy at the island that one of your Pirates call Merfolk Isle, Meet him there, Pirate King I look forward to meeting you," The message ends with the hologram fading away. "The Leader of the Merfolk whats to meet my Nakama and me?" I ask out loud to myself, "Well, this will be a voyage for the crew," I headed to find my crew, I soon run into My Beloved Twi. "William, I heard a voice coming from your office. Who was it, and what is that gem your holding there?" Twi asked me while looking at the gem that I had in my magic. "It was a message from the King of the Merfolk, and she wants to see all of our friends and us in her kingdom. Under, The, Sea," I told my Pirate Queen. "The King of the Merfolk wants to meet us!?" Twi said, almost screaming in excitement before I put my hoof on her muzzle. "Yes, Twi," I told her. "It's a great opportunity to meet with the Merfolk King and hopefully form an alliance with him. Hopefully," "I trust you, William," Twi said, "We know that you have brought much-needed protection to the Outposts of the Sea of Thieves. And you're showing that you want to make the Sea of Thieves the place where true freedom and fame lies inside the Shroud and not out there," "Have you been looking into my speeches again, Twi?" I ask my Pirate Queen with a sly smirk on my muzzle. "You know that I helped you with some of those speeches," Twi said, "Anyway, we should go tell the others about this," "Let's go and talk to them," I said while leading the way to Libertalia's Council Chambers. "Wait for just a minute. The King of the Merfolk has finally decided to meet us as soon as possible?" Rainbow said, rounding up what I just told my Nakama. "I question. Why now?!" "It doesn't matter why now, Dashie," I told her, "The Merfolk clearly want to expand on the Alliance that this world's version of my Dad started all those years ago. Plus it will be wonderful to see how the Merfolk can strengthen and grow this Alliance," "Meet us at the Santiano in 30 minutes," I told them as I headed to the docks of Libertalia. (Later) "SET SAIL FOR MERFOLK ISLE!" I told the crew as the Santiano left the port city of Libertalia. And then, a song came from the crew. (Cue The Trail We Blaze Movie Version by Elton John from The Road to El Dorado) As the crew sang the song. We came across Outcasts Galleons sailing in groups, as well as a large number of 8 Pirate Man-O-Wars sailing in the open sea. After a while sail to Merfolk Isle, I activated the new Merfolk Gem and all of my crew now had the ability to breathe underwater like a fish. But only without the gills on the necks. We swam down into the depths, deeper and deeper into the dark of the Sea of Thieves as the crew sang more of the song. Until there, it was. The Underwater City of the Merfolk. Many a Pirate wanted to find this city, and now myself and my Nakama were the first to see it without any diving equipment or a diving bell of any kind all thanks to the Merfolk Gem that was given to me by the King of the Merfolk. Poseidon. "It's Beautiful, Captain," A Dragon Guard said out loud as all the other. The beauty of this city was caught my Nakama off guard. "There are the Guests of Honour," A voice came from the castle as we swam into the city square area of the city where the Merfolk looked at us and wondered what we were. The voice was the Merfolk King, Poseidon and his Royal Guards. "I was hoping you all would come here just in time for The Festival of The Pirate King," "You made a festival for my crew and me?" I asked in a surprised voice. "Yes, though we're a few days after the fact, are we, your highness," The Merfolk King bowed before me. I nervously chuckled, "There's no need to bow before me, I may be The Pirate King, by I'm still a normal Pony. So please, just William," "Of course, William," Poseidon agreed with me, "Anyway. I know that you all want to party like mad lads. So let's party!" As he said that, the whole underwater city began to dance and party like my crew and all of the Banished Buccaneers. Then the perfect song came into my mind. (Cue Under the Sea from The Little Mermaid Soundtrack. Yes, I did take inspiration from A Journey Beyond Sanity for this song, but it was so perfect for this chapter. So enjoy lads and lasses) To be Continued. Also happy Fate of the Damned update to Sea of Thieves and to a new generation of gaming consoles. > Reboot when it's ready. > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Yes, I know that all of you are looking forward to a new chapter of this story, but unfortunately, it's not the case. But I felt that this story does not do my vision of the worlds of MLP and Sea of Thieves justice. I want to reboot this story and after writing this one, has allowed me to build further on my version of what if the worlds of MLP and Sea of Thieves combined into one Identity that becomes something new in the long run of the video game it's mostly base on. So what I'm trying to say is as the new year rolls over for us. Friendship in the Sea of Thieves will be rebooted into My Little Pony Friendship with Pirates. I hope that all of you have a great time in this crazy world of ours and remember Pirates. It's not about the gold. It's about the glory. Ramsey Singh, The Pirate Lord of The Sea of Thieves. [/b Date of this Reboot will be announced when and only when it's ready. > Chapter 25 A Pirate's Life Part 1. > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chapter 25 A Pirate's Life. Another new day in the Sea of Thieves. My Kingdom of freedom. I awake on my bed with my beloved Twilight Sparkle Singh next to me, sleeping peacefully. I got up from our bed, but Twi got my black ponytail in her hooves. "Don't go, Will," Twi said in a sleepy voice. "Sorry, my love," I said to her, "The Sea of Thieves doesn't rule itself," Twi giggled, "It did before we ascended to its throne," She said to me. There was a knock on the door. It was one of my new human Outcast Pirates. "William, there's something new on the Outposts throughout the Sea. Calling herself 'The Castaway'," He said to Twi and me. "Thanks, mate," I thanked him, "Prepare the Santiano," the human Outcast Pirate left the room as myself and Twi got dressed and made our way to the docks of Libertalia. The rest of my friends made their way to the docks awaiting orders. "Ready when you are, William," Dashie said to me as myself and Twi boarded the Santiano. "Where are we going today?" "Galleon's Grave Outpost," I told her. "Alright, Will. ALL LIMBS TO YOUR STATIONS!" Dashie yelled as all of the crew, both from my homeworld of Equis and the human Sea of Thieves, got to work operating their stations and lowered the sails as they steered out of the docks. "SET SAIL FOR GALLEON'S GRAVE!" "Now, where is this Castaway?" I asked myself as I stood on the docks of Galleon's Grave. Then I saw a new building near the shore made from bits and pieces of sunken ships. Outside of this makeshift camp was a woman wearing watered-down rags with some seaweed and all things from the ocean floor next to a campfire with a fire burning a bright sea green. I made my way over to her as my Dragon Guards watched any Pirates around this place. "Can you feel it? The ill wind, blowin' from beyond the horizon…." The Castaway asked me. "Sometimes I feel it's there, and other times it's not," I asked her with caution as I took my place away near her, then asked with and suspension in my voice. "Why are you here?" "These wild waters, them call to me." The Castaway said, "They've seen much to chill the blood… A deep hunger, a heart of fire… But them always promise the freedom of the sea. Now though, a new danger is comin' on the tides," "What kind of a new danger?" Twi asked The Castaway. "Already, it change this world to its likin', An' if what it wants can't be found, it will take… everythin'… Want to know its name…? Mmm… The one who brought this ruin lie in iron below the feet of the Ferryman, trapped for all forever in the Sea of the Damned. Nobody but its captain may tread below the deck of that ship. That means to learn the truth with your own eyes; you'll have to stow away. But if the Ferryman, him catch you, your destiny might end there…." "Wait, wait, wait," Dashie said, "WE have to stow away on the Ferry of the Damned and find what this person that is trapped down there?!" "Still listenin', hmm? Then listen close! All you think you know about your life and death is only the beginning. With your heart still beatin', you will see those cursed shores with new eyes… when you raise up the Flame of the Souls! All I can do is show you the way…." (The Castaway casts a spell, opening a Tunnel of the Damned) "What the hay/hell?" all of my crew asked as they saw the large stone archways that I've ignored until now glowing a sea-green like the fire at the Castaway's campfire. Then the Castaway began again. "I travelled to another world, an' now you will do the same… Take these words for the journey. If you read them right, them whisper what has been – and what is yet to be. Whispers to help you save a pirate's life… Now make sail! The door is open. The prisoner is waiting. And our time is tricklin' away…." "Come on, lads," I said, getting up from the ground, "It's time to see the Sea of the Damned ourselves," We then make sail as the Castaway says and sail through the new stone archway portal and into the Sea of the Damned. As we sail through the Tunnel of the Damned. We see Ghost Ships, ghosts on rowboats drifting towards the Santiano, and a lighthouse in the distance. And then a voice from a Ghostly Parrot. "Dead men tell no tales. (squawk) (whistles). Shiver me timbers. (squawk). (squawk) Trinkets and coins. Trinkets and coins. (squawk)," And then a Ghostly Voice that sounds like something out of a theme park ride. "Ye come seekin' adventure and salty old pirates, eh? Sure, ye've come to the proper place. But keep a weather eye open, mates, and hold on tight... ...with both hands, if you please. There be squalls ahead, and Davy Jones waiting for them what don't obey," "Okay, officially call me scared and worried," I said to ease up the tension. "We don't know who we are supposed to be looking for," A.J said to me. "I want to stop this 'new danger' (my wings doing quotation marks motion as I said new danger) before it beings, but I don't trust this Castaway as much as I can throw her. With my Alicorn strength or with my Alicorn magic," I said to A.J. "She was telling the truth back there, William," A.J said to me. "But you were saying just minutes after you became an Alicorn that spreading rumours and gossip around about somepony based on their race or culture is not right. What made that change about you?" I sighed, "I guess, after the fall of Equestria and just the lack of trust since we came into this Sea of Thieves. I've been on edge as of late," "LAND HO!" One of my Pirates called out as we came out of the portal and arrived into the Sea of the Damned. It was a place of eternal nighttime and darkness; it's a place that my bat ponies would like apart from being a land of the dead. "Get to the longboats and get to shore, lads and lasses," I said as I tried to fly to the shore, but I couldn't fly with my wings. The other pirates that have wings can't fly with their wings. We can still open, move and flap our wings, but it was as if someone just stripped our flying strength away from us. "What the hell is wrong with our wings?!" I said as my fellow winged pirate's tried to find out. "Maybe the magic of this world is affecting ours," Twi said to us. "Well, I guess we can go on hoof from here," Gilda said as we when on the rowboats and made our way to the shoreline. To Be Continued. > Chapter 26 A Pirate's Life Part 2. > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- We landed on the beach, and soon we made our way into the island's caves. More voices came from nowhere as we found an abandoned campsite with a fire burning a ghostly green light. "Burn bright, accursed light, upon tales old and ill deeds, long past..." As I used my lantern, the voice said that I was holding with my mouth like an Earth Pony would light it with the new flame called The Flame of Souls. "Looks like we have to find some torches to proceed," I said with a lantern in my mouth. After going through the caves and after many 'DEAD MEN TELL NO TALES' LATER. "Since when did Pirates make a waterslide?" I asked my crew, who all shook their heads 'NO'. "Well, we might as well take this route down this slide," I said as I jumped into the slide while yelling: "AWHOOOOOOOOOOOOO..." like Maui from Disney Moana, then all of my crew followed me. I saw a lot of shipwrecks ahead of me in the distance. Enough to make a small town of Pirates. "At least that was short..." Rares said as she looked out over the cliff. "At least the 'town' ahead has some kind of Pirate charm," "I wonder what we will me-," Pinkie said. "DON'T Pinks," I said to my hyperactive friend with my hoof in her mouth. "The last thing we need is you jinxing us like you always do," As we made our way into the 'town', we heard a voice nearby. "Yo ho, yo ho, a Pirate's life for me..." "Who's singing?" Flutters said with a little bit of fear in her voice. "And more importantly. Why that song?" I asked myself. "Ahoy down there!" The voice now came from above us, "Ye paid the warnings no heed, and set foot on Sailor's Grave while ye still draw breath, at the risk of marooning yerselves here for all eternity... Now that be what I call true Pirate courage!" "Who are you? And where are you?" Gilda asked the voice for where the voice was. "I'm up here, maties," The voice said again as we all looked up to see a hanging cage with something in it. "Arrr, but this be no way to hold a conversation. Climb up here and lower me cage. I'll make it worth yer while..." "If you say so, mate," I said as I used parkour to get up there, but with no magic, I have no grip on my hoofs. "That didn't work," Gallus said as one of my Pegasus Scouts spotted a way to get up there without magic or wings. After going through some pullies, Twi made our way up to the cage, and we saw something that we weren't ready for. "You're a skull?!" Twi and I said together. "Yes, and?" The talking skull said. "Ye're one to talk. Ye not from this world or the Sea of Thieves, are ye?" "It's a long story," I said with a heavy sigh. "I knew we would be finding the dead here," Twi said as she looked a minor freak out at the sight of a skull that talked like a normal creature. "But this is different," "Yes, well. This be the Sea of the Damned," The skull said but let's call him the Cursed Captain or C.C, "Well, are ye going to lower me cage or not, Horse?" "Don't call my wife that!" I yelled at him as I swung my Sword of Souls in my mouth at the rope. "AAAAUUUUGGGHHHHH!" C.C yelled as he fell to the ground and landed with a loud crash of iron meeting undead dirt, "Uuugghhh... Me head, It's killin' me..." Twi and I made our way to the ground, "Aye, it's not exactly a dignified reunion. But I do welcome bein' back on the ground..." Rares screamed, "When you said that he was a skull, I thought you were joking," "He never jokes on adventures like this!" Was the response of the whole crew of the Santiano. "Well, I'll be," C.C said as we looked around at us with his skull. "I thought I'd seen it all. But now. Creatures of myth an' legends are standing right before me eyes, even though I don't hav' any to speak of. Dragons, Griffins, Pegasus, Unicorns, and all of ye talking an' wearing clothes as we humans do," "How nice of you to say such things, mate," I said to C.C, "I was hoping for you to be our guide through this land," "Right, but, I'd hoped the fall might bust open these here bars, but it seems I'll be needing another favour from ye... If ye can hunt down me mutinous crew and find the key to me cage... Well, once I'm free, we might be able to strike a bargain," C.C said as we began to look around for the key. As we looked around for the key, I found a shipwreck with familiar music, like something from a tropical setting. "What the..." I said as I went to read one of the journals. "What is this ship?" I heard Twi ask as I walked over to a journal. "This says..." Somewhere in the Caribbean, by Captain Kate Capsize. Today, I sold my beautiful glass-bottomed boat with more than a little reluctance. I could hardly bear to let her go, but she’s too small and too slow for the kind of lengthy sea journey I’ll be embarking on. So it’s bye-bye boat. I have a pressing need for a galleon, something that will see me through thick and thin as I head out on a journey to find the man who framed me. Luckily, that same man once chartered my glass-bottomed boat and led me to the location of a particularly spectacular shipwreck. It’s a shipwreck I intend to salvage, repair, and use to track down the dolt who had me sent to jail in his stead. A dolt named Guybrush Threepwood. My eyes went wide as dinner plates at the name of GUYBRUSH THREEPWOOD! "What?" I said in a small voice that could make Flutters proud, "Guybrush Threepwood is real!?" "Guybush Creepwood?" Twi asked me, but I didn't listen to her as I went around the wreck to find more journals on Kate Capsize. "There's another, it reads..." Raising the Mad Monkey, by Captain Kate Capsize. If I’m to locate Threepwood and teach him a very pointy lesson about having innocent people locked up so you can steal their beverages, I’ll need help. I knew I’d need the help of the local authorities, but infuriatingly, Governor Marley turned out to have eloped with non other than Threepwood himself. Yuck! Fortunately, if there is one thing we’re not lacking in this part of the world, it’s bureaucrats. Governor Phatt was ready and willing to meet with me. I must confess that it turns my stomach to think of my pieces of eight going to feed that man’s endless gluttony, but I’m willing to do what must be done. Besides, if what I hear about Threepwood’s honeymoon destination is true, I’ll soon have more than enough treasure in my hold… "Honey, slow down!" Twi said as the rest of my crew came to see why I was taking so long. But I didn't listen to them. "Another one!" This time was going a little fanboy crazy at the moment. A Headless Monkey, by Captain Kate Capsize. THREEPWOOD! A name I shall take great pleasure in etching into a gravestone with my own dagger for what he did to my new ship’s pride and joy. I’d quite forgotten that the witless, hopeless, clueless buffoon previously removed the head of the figurehead that gives the Mad Monkey its name! One day I shall take great pleasure in tying the selfish swindler to what remains of the figurehead and parading him around the port, but until then… Making do, I have returned from the shipwright with a new nameplate for our ship. Together, my new crew and I shall sail on the Headless Monkey! That’s a name that a certain Guybrush Threepwood, pirate pretender, and his job-ditching bride Governor Elaine would do well to remember… "What's happening to William?" One of the human Pirates asked the others as I ran and talked like Twilight, learning new knowledge. "FOUR FOR FOUR!" I yelled in excitement and fanboy joy, and this one is the one that made me go Twilight Lesson Zero likes of crazy. A Fateful Pursuit, by Captain Kate Capsize. Did Guybrush Threepwood make it to the Sea of Thieves? I may never know for sure. I, on the other hand, never arrived. Also, I think I might be slightly dead. The Headless Monkey is a wreck once again, already part of the weird pirate town they’ve got going on here. There’ll be no salvaging her this time. I do still have a ship, though – my little glass-bottomed boat! How can it be here, in this strange not-life fully of ghostly voices? Maybe I shouldn’t ask. My crew are off in the tavern, and I don’t think they’ll be leaving any time soon. They’re at home here in a way that I can never be. I miss the sunlight! I am going to set sail, find a way back to life and then… Well, let’s see what the seas have in store! I’ve realized revenge isn’t worth living, and certainly not dying, for. "HA HA HA HA HA HA," I laughed like a mad pony. Now my crew were starting to question my sanity. "Guybrush Threepwood is in the SEA OF THIEVES!" "SOMEONE HOLD HIM DOWN!" One of my crewmates said but to no success, as I kept on running like mad. Fresh Waters, by Captain Kate Capsize. I have a ship, she has a name. I have a crew, we have our course! The Sea of Thieves is a legendary pirate paradise, home to some of the most feared marauders to ever sail the seas – or so the stories go. Naturally, only Threepwood would be arrogant enough to presume he has a place there, let alone treat it as a romantic getaway spot for his honeymoon. If he’d been sailing alone, I’m sure he’d be marooned by now, but while Elaine has seriously bad taste in husbands, she’s a capable pirate. I have to assume that Threepwood somehow made it to the Sea of Thieves. And that means I must do the same. "WILLIAM HUNTER SINGH, WILL YOU PLEASE CALM DOWN!" I heard Twi again but louder. I stopped with a mad pony's face on my face and then fainted on the ground. "William?" I heard Twi call out to me then as I awoke from my Pirate fanboy craziness. "Ugh... What happened?" I asked my crew as they all looked a little unsure about what happened. "You went a little crazy..." Twi said to me with a soft voice, "And now I know what you mean by Classic Twilighting," I sigh a big sigh, "Sorry, everyone. I just found out about a possible new ally that has entered the Sea of Thieves," "It wouldn't be this 'Guybrush Threepwood' you were talking about as you were running around like a mad Pirate?" A Griffin Raider asked me. "Yes," I sighed. "He is, or in this case, was a fictional Pirate from the human world in the 21st century. From a game series called 'Monkey Island," "Well, at least ye didn't die on us, laddie," C.C said to me as two of my Dragon Guards move out of the way for him to see me. Now he was back in his old original body. "I didn't think a creature like ye can get so crazy for something so small over some books," I sigh again, "I'm so sorry, mates. I hope you can forgive me," I said. All of my crew forgave me one by one as we made our way to the Ferry of the Damned and nearly lit the Well of Fate with the Flame of the Damned. "STOP!" The Ferryman yelled at me as I lifted my lantern to the floating brazier, "The Cursed Flame you carry has no place within my Well of Fates. Do not attempt to meddle with power beyond your comprehension..." "Sorry, mate," I said to the Ferryman, "But the soul we seek is down below your ship," I then lifted my lantern to Well, and it began to sink into the hold of the Ferry and exploded, showing some stairs that let's down into the ship's brig. "Stay up here and keep an eye on the Ferryman for us, please," I said to my pirates as I went down into the Ferry's brig. "Now to find this soul..." I said as I went down into the brig and began to hear a voice that sounded shockingly familiar. "Come on, doggie," I stopped in my tracks with a cartoon sounding shocked stop. "Come to Jack and get the bone. Come to Jack and get the bone, good boy," I stopped in front of the man that I looked up to as a kid because he was so awesome and a Pirate Legend among Pirate Legends, and I once thought of him being a Pirate God. "JACK SPARROW!?" To be continued... > Chapter 27 A Pirate's Life Part 3. > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- "CAPTAIN, Jack Sparrow, mate," THE Jack Sparrow corrected me, "And it seems that you know me, but I don't know you at all. So either you've been spying on me, or you know of my great adventures," Before I could ask Jack, he said, "I know what you're thinking; that dog is never going to move. Therefore, I propose a wager. Let's see if I can lure him over faster than you can take the keys from his mouth and let me out. The winner gets... this delicious bone," "H-h-h-h-h-h-h-how, is this even possible?" I asked myself. "RARE is a small studio, one of fifteen studios under Xbox, and has never done a deal with another company like Disney or anything else like it before or dare I say since. Disney is too overprotective for their I.P's like Pirates of the Caribbean or Monkey Island or Treasure Island or Peter Pan or Assassin's Creed! This needs to be investigated when this is over. Adventure is over and done with! Learning about a character like Guybrush Threepwood in the Sea of Thieves is one thing, but meeting one of the most legendary Pirates in all of fiction is crazy. And the craziest thing about this is. Is this the REAL Jack Sparrow, not an actor, a picture, a cosplayer, an animated character, or from the video games? He is right here in front of my eyes, and it's crazy as crazy can be!" "Um... Are you going to let me out of here, or are you going to ramble over my handsome face?" I heard Jack Sparrow ask me. I looked at him and saw that Jack was still in the cage with the SAME PRISON DOG FROM BOTH THE MOVIES AND THE RIDES staring at me with wide eyes. "O-oh right, s-s-s-s-sorry about that, Jack," I said as I petted the dog while trying not to go a full-on Pirate Geek Out moment, But the dog doesn't want to let go of the keys, "Hey, buddy, do you want to come and join my crew and me?" The dog liked that idea and let me have the keys, "You know, I think I have a name for you," The prison dog looked up at me with cute eyes, "I'll call you... Lock!" Lock barked in happiness at his new name. "Now, to the matter at hoof," "I think you mean hand, mate," Jack Sparrow said as I let him out of the cage, "You seem to talk a lot there, very weird considering that you're a creature that I've never heard or seen until now. However, as I've had no one but a recalcitrant mutt to talk to for far too long, I shall bow to my collegial nature and introduce myself. I'm Captain Jack Sparrow... though since you came here to rescue me and you yelled my name to the heavens and above, you probably knew that already," Jack Sparrow left his cell while carrying a strange looking item in his hands. "And you must also have heard tell of my heroic journey to acquire this - the greatest Pirate Treasure of all! A golden key to other lands and eternal freedom. Plundered from the lair of a heartless squid and used to assist in the daring escape that led me to stand before you now. Shiny, isn't it?" "So that how you got into the Sea of Thieves, and... Wait, do you mean Davy Jones?" I said as Jack Sparrow left the room that I was in. "Hey, wait up, Jack!" "The Scenery's not very inspiring, but it's good to stretch me legs," Jack Sparrow said as he made it to the Ferry's main deck. "Now, Let's get off this ship before--" "STAY WHERE YOU ARE!" Clyde the Ferryman ordered. "--that happens," Jack muttered. "You lot, from the living world... Why have you interfered with my work?" Clyde asked my crew and me. "The selfish actions of this... Sparrow... have brought catastrophe in his wake. Dire fortune that now threatens to consume the Sea of Thieves itself!" "That's CAPTAIN Jack Sparrow you're talking to, Clyde!" I said before Jack, "And I think you may be overreacting just a smidge," Twi and the rest of my crew were surprised to my knowledge of fiction's greatest Pirate of all time. "He's right, you know," Jack said. I know the true worth of what I possess, and I intend to keep it quite safe. Now, I can see you're very busy and very grumpy, so we'll just be on our way--" "SILENCE!" Clyde yelled again, "You shall return to your cell, and this time the key shall be cast overboard into the abyss!" then Clyde turned over to me and gave me a death glare, "I will see to it that you will be in a cell for committing this crime against the Sea of Thieves, William Hunter Singh! What you possess must never be permitted... to," Suddenly, the one ship I wanted to see, but ever in real life, just came out of the water behind the Ferry with its gun ports dripping with water. Its sails are made of seaweed, and at the helm is the one cursed Pirate that I didn't think I was going to fight, face to face, one on one. It was the Flying Dutchman, manned by Davy Jones The Heartless. "Now, do you see the folly of your actions?! Already the sands of time have trickled into oblivion, and we are discovered. HE... has found us!" Clyde said to us. At first, my crew expected a Skeleton Ship to appear, but instead, we got the first ship that could do that in all of fiction. And they were shocked at the sight of the Dutchman. "They have our scent now... We cannot flee. Therefore - we must fight! To arms!" I was scared beyond scared to see that cursed ship, "Steady, mate. That's the Flying Dutchman we're talking about. She's no ordinary ship," Jack said as he tried to reassure me. "I FUCKING KNOW THAT!" I yelled in Jack's face with anger and fear. "Then, upon the waves of my domain, she will find herself well-matched! Play your part, Pirates! The cannons stand ready," Clyde ordered as my Pirates began to prepare for a fight with a threat from another world. "Unleash the fury of the dead upon this interloper, that we might put an end to calamity before it begins," "TO ARMS PIRATES!" Gilda ordered at our Outcasts. Meanwhile, I was scared to death and even fate beyond and far worse than death until I heard church bells in the background. BEGIN THE LAST STAND BY SABATON "FIGHT UNTIL YOU ARE NO LONGER STANDING OUTCASTS!" I bellowed out of my muzzle as metal music began to play in the air around us. "THIS IS THE FIGHT OF OUR LIVES, AND WE CANNOT LET DAVY JONES PLUNDER OUR HOME!" My Outcasts cheered and began to fire on the Dutchman. William Hunter Singh In the heart of holy see In the home of Piracy The seat of power is in danger There's a foe of a thousand swords They've been abandoned by their lords Their fall from grace will pave their path to damnation Then the 189 In the service of heaven They're protecting the holy line It was 1527 Gave their lives on the steps to heaven Thy will be done! For the grace, for the might of our lord For the home of the holy For the faith, for the way of the sword Gave their lives so boldly For the grace, for the might of our lord In the name of his glory For the faith, for the way of the sword Come and tell their story again Under guard of 42 Along a secret avenue Castle Libertalia is waiting They're the guard of the holy see They're the guards of Piracy Their path to history is paved with salvation Then the 189 In the service of heaven They're protecting the holy line It was 1527 Gave their lives on the steps to heaven Thy will be done! For the grace, for the might of our lord For the home of the holy For the faith, for the way of the sword Gave their lives so boldly For the grace, for the might of our lord In the name of his glory For the faith, for the way of the sword Come and tell their story again As I bellowed out The Last Stand from my muzzle, my Outcasts fired on the Dutchman relentlessly, even with the new enemies. The Ocean Crawlers began to board the Ferry. Dying for salvation with dedication No capitulation, annihilation Papal commendation, reincarnation Heaven is your destination Dying for salvation with dedication No capitulation, annihilation Papal commendation, reincarnation Heaven is your destination In the name of Faust! For the grace, for the might of our lord For the home of the holy For the faith, for the way of the sword Gave their lives so boldly For the grace, for the might of our lord In the name of his glory For the faith, for the way of the sword Come and tell their story Gave their lives so boldly Come and tell the Outcasts' story again "Change course! Change course!" Jack yelled at Clyde after the sword fight with a crab Ocean Crawler. "After that Treasure. I gave her my word!" Then I heard Davy Jones yell an order, "ENOUGH! DESTROY THEM!" Then the Dutchman made a shockwave move. Knocking our ship off course and making Jack Sparrow wobble, and then he fell overboard. "JACK!" I yelled, and I went after him into the waters of the Sea of the Damned. "WILL!" I heard Twi yell as I went into the water. End of Chapter... and the end of the first part of the 'A PIRATES LIFE' Arc. > Side Chapter 1 Festival of the Damned. > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Tonight's the night; it's the Festival of the Damned, Halloween or Nightmare Night. Either way, it's a time to dress up, party till morning and scare some poor newbie Pirate. "So what's the Festival of the Damned?" Twilight asked me through a door. "It's like Halloween in the human world or Nightmare Night in yours," I explained to my wife, "It's bizarre how the three worlds that I've been to have crossed over when it comes to this time of year before both the Festival of Giving and the Festival of Bounty," Twi must have shrugged, "It is. but at least we get to celebrate it with our families here in the Sea of Thieves," She said "And I have something that will scare the souls out of our Outcasts," I said while chuckling darkly. There was a knock on the door, "Come on, you two!" Spike said from the other side of the door, "We're going to miss the fun," I open the door to let Spike in. He was wearing a dragon costume like he always does, my little dragon brother. "Just finishing the final touches on our costumes, Spike," I said as Spike looked at me with wide eyes. "Why are you dressed like a Scarecrow, William?" Spike asked me. "The Jack O' Looter legend inspires this costume in the Sea of Thieves, Spike," I answered Spike. "And I think it has more in common with Headless Horseman from Sleepy Hollow," "I think I know of that legend from Equestria," Twi said, again from the other side of the door, "Again showing that there are similarities between our worlds," "COME ON, YOU TWO!" Spike yelled at us while tapping his foot, "We're wasting precious time!" I sheepishly chuckled as we got our costume finished. "Alright, done. Whenever you're ready, Twi?" "Go on ahead, dear," Twi said from behind the door. "I'll meet you near the stage for a special performance," "But, Twiiiiiiiiiii," I whined a little, "It's our date," "Go on, Honey," "Okay, Love," I said while I left the room. Third Person View Twilight sighed in relief as her Pirate King left the room next to hers. "Are you sure this is a good idea, Celestia?" Twilight asked her former mentor. "After the whole war with Davy Jones, Will has been a little down, ever since he let Jack Sparrow stay in the Sea of Thieves by breaking his Treasure, and I'm not sure if dressing up like a goth is a good way to get him better and more cheerful?" Celestia chuckled, "I know, my faithful Pirate. But my son hasn't spent quality time with you," She said to Twilight, "and I think that this will make his wings spring out of his costume like a cork from a wine bottle," "I do hope so, Celestia," Twilight replied to her former mentor. "I do want to cheer up my Pirate King," William's Point of View. "I want to cheer up my Pirate Queen," I said to Spike as we walked down into Edward Teach Square, where the market stalls were at but were moved because of the Festival of the Damned. "I know! Will! I KNOW!" Spike whined loudly at me from my left hoof side while carrying a big bag of treats over his shoulder, "Trust me when I say that Twilight has something special for you," "Oh, I hear you, little bro," I said, "It's just that... After the whole thing, Jack Sparrow and Davy Jones came to our world. I feel like I haven't been a faithful husband for her," I sighed a sorrowful sigh, "Plus, me going full Pirate Geek and Nerd out when I read about Guybrush Threepwood and met Jack Sparrow, as well as causing Jack to stay in the Sea of Thieves by breaking his Treasure, makes my feel like a Fucking idiot," "No one is blaming you, Will," I heard dad come by my right-hoof side, "I know what it's like to be blamed for things that are beyond our control," "Hey, William," I heard mom call for me. "The stage performance is starting soon. And I think you'll like it," She said while singing happily. "Okay, mom," I said as I walked over to the stage by the front row. "GOOD EVENING, PIRATES AND OUTCASTS!" Pinkie said over a Speaking Trumpet, "WHO'S READY FOR A PERFORMANCE OF A LIFETIME!?" The Pirates and Outcasts cheer a yes or a yeah, "PUT YOU LIMPS TOGETHER FOR THE HEX GIRLS!" My eyes went wide as I saw Twi, A.J and Dashie on stage, all dressed each of the Hex Girls from Scooby-Doo. Complete with makeup, dresses and wigs. A.J was dressed like Dusk, the drummer and backup singer. Dashie was Dressed like Luna, the Keyboardist and backup singer. And lastly was my beloved Pirate Queen. Twi is dressed as a pony version of Sally "Thorn" McKnight, the guitarist and lead singer of the Hex Girls. "I feel very hexy right now," Twi said with a seductive voice, "Let's get this party started!" (Cue I'm a Hex Girl from Scooby-Doo and the Witch's Ghost) As the music began to play, my wings broke out of my costume with a cartoon spring springing out of bed, with a big red blush on my face under the costume's mask was so big that will make my coat go from pure white to light red as the rest of my crew is trying not to laugh at me as well as my wings started to turn a bit pink. Twilight: I'm gonna cast a spell on you, You're gonna do want I want you to. Mix it up here in my little bowl, Say a few words, and you'll lose control. Twi, A.J and Dashie: I'm a Hex Girl, and I'm gonna put a spell on you! (I'm gonna put a spell on you!) I'm a Hex Girl, and I'm gonna put a spell on you! (Put a spell on you!) Twilight: You'll feel the fog as I cloud your mind, You'll get dizzy when I make a sign. You'll wake up in the dead of night, Missing me when I'm out of sight. Twi, A.J and Dashie: I'm a Hex Girl, and I'm gonna put a spell on you! (I'm gonna put a spell on you!) I'm a Hex Girl, and I'm gonna put a spell on you! (Oh Yeeeaaaaah!) Twilight: With this little cobweb potion, You'll fall into dark devotion. If you ever lose affection, I can change you whole direction. Twi, A.J and Dashie: I'm a Hex Girl, and I'm gonna put a spell on you! (I'm gonna put a spell on you!) I'm a Hex Girl, and I'm gonna put a spell on you... We're gonna put a spell on all of you! (End Song) Everyone was now cheering at the performance that Twi, A.J and Dashie did, "Thank you, everyone!" Twi said to the crowd of Pirates, "And have a great Festival of the Damned!" The Pirates cheered again and then got back to their business. Twi was coming down from the stage with a big smile on her muzzle, and when she looked at me, she giggled a little. "From your bright red wings, I say that performance got your undivided attention," Twi said to me. I took off my mask and smiled at my beloved Queen, "That was the best, Twi," I said, still blushing a lot. "Thank you," I then kissed Twi on the lips, to which she accepted it. "You're welcome, dear," Twi said lovingly. "Now, you have your performance to do, don't you?" I slapped my head with one of my wings. "Ohhhhhh, right. Thanks, Twi," I said as I gave Twi a quick kiss on the cheek and took off and landed on the stage. "Time to put the scare into this Festival," I began to cast my illusion spell to bring the most incredible Disney Villains to life just for this Festival. Cue It's Not Over Yet by Pattycake featuring the Disney Villains EVIL QUEEN: Out in the dark if you listen you'll hear, The sound of your fate as the ending draws near. MALEFICENT: It starts as a whisper and soon it will grow, A warning that weaves through the wind as it blows. (Siren Singing in the background scaring some of my Pirates) LADY TREMAINE: Like a story half untold, Like a secret to unfold. CRUELLA DE VIL: Waiting in the shadows the hunter to prey. MOTHER GOTHEL: Like a battle just begun, When it's neither lost nor won. CAPTAIN HOOK: Hiding in the balance as time slips away. CRUELLA DE VIL: Watching! EVIL QUEEN: Waiting! LADY TREMAINE: Anticipating! MALEFICENT: Like a sun about to set, it's not over yet. JAFAR: Destiny calls something stirs from within, QUEEN OF HEARTS: A game to be played so now let it begin! JUDGE FROLLO: A game of stalemate is a long way to fall, GASTON: A sentence of life with no mercy at all. (More Siren singing in the background) EVIL QUEEN: Like a story half untold, Like a secret to unfold. JAFAR: Waiting in the shadows the hunter to prey. MALEFICENT: Like a battle just begun, When it's neither lost nor won. JUDGE FROLLO: Hiding in the balance as time slips away. GASTON: Watching! QUEEN OF HEARTS: Waiting! JAFAR: Anticipating! ALL OF VILLAINS: Like a sun about to set, it's not over yet! Song stops for now. "Fillies and Gentlecolts, Mares and Stallions, Pirates of all ages, What is up? What is good?" I said as I got the attention of the whole of Libertalia, "Over the last 38 years, we have faced all kinds of foes that threaten the Sea of Thieves, threats like the Kraken, Skeletons, Megalodons, Skeleton Ships, Skeleton Lords, Captain Flameheart, Ghost Ships, Ashen Lords, Davy Jones, Ocean Crawlers, Sirens, Phantoms, and the Dark Brethren Court. Time and time again, these threats and enemies of our home have risen to fight us, Pirates. But time and time again, we have beaten these threats back down to the Sea of the Damned. We have gained new and familiar friends and allies to fight with us, as the Sea Dogs," Lesedi and Demarco looked up with pride in their eyes and stances, "The Hunter's Call," Merrick and his family smiled, "The Bilge Rats under Larinna's leadership," Larinna raised a tankard of grog, "The Outcasts of the Abyss," My Outcasts cheered a big cheer, "And Captain Jack Sparrow and the Crew of the Black Pearl," Jack and his crew raised a tankard to my words, "Every foe we face, there will always new friends and allies to count on. When we do fall in battle, we are saved by Clyde the Ferryman for his eternal service to the Sea of Thieves. And every year at this time of the year, we give our thanks to Clyde for his service to the Sea of Thieves!" My Pirates begin to cheer his name or his title. "but this does not mean we should be living in isolation or fear within our hearts and minds, or take Clyde the Ferryman for granted for his, at times, thankless work. A few months ago, we fought a war to keep our Seas from being controlled by Davy Jones and the Dark Brethren Court. And the last remaining members of that Court are still out there. Watching. Waiting. Anticipating. Just like the song's title that these Villains sang, It's not over yet! But we will fight these new dangers and gain new friends and allies to help us fight those foes until our last breath!" My Pirates cheered as my Disney Villains illusion spell sang the chorus one last time to ram the point home and through their heads. EVIL QUEEN: Like a story half untold, Like a secret to unfold. MOHTER GOTHEL: Waiting in the shadows, CRUELLA DE VIL: The hunter to prey! CAPTAIN HOOK: Like a battle just begun, GASTON: When it's neither lost nor won. JUDGE FROLLO: Hiding in the balance as time slips away. MOTHER TREMAINE: Watching! QUEEN OF HEARTS: Waiting! MOTHER GOTHEL: Anticipating! EVIL QUEEN: Like a sun about to set. EVERYONE IN LIBERTALIA: IT'S NOT OVER YET!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! END SONG and chapter, happy Halloween, Nightmare Night and Festival of the Damned. > Chapter 28 Saving A King. > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Twilight stood there with tears in her eyes as she couldn't believe what she had just seen. Her husband, her Pirate King of the Sea of Thieves, just abandoned the ship after that Pirate called himself "Captain Jack Sparrow" just minutes after he just promised that he would try to hold back his fanboying over once-thought-fictional-Pirates-that-now-he-gets-to-meet-in-real-life. Twilight thought that William reading about Guybrush Threepwood and going crazy like Pinkie drinking coffee was bad enough, but to have him jump overboard willingly after Jack Sparrow was a big insult like a middle-feather to their relationship and their wedding vows. "Twilight?" Applejack asked her, "Are you alright?" "No. No, I'm not, Applejack," Twilight answered her, "I just saw my husband jump after that Pirate named "Captain" Jack Sparrow. And I'm pissed off that he did that," "Don't worry, Twilight, dear," Rarity said, "We will find him as soon as we get back on our ship, that is," "I will send you back to your ship, and you will leave this place," The Clyde the Ferryman said as the doors beneath him open. "NO!" Twilight yelled as she marched up to Clyde and got into his face, "I'M NOT LEAVING UNTIL WE FIND MY HUSBAND!" For once in his undead life, Clyde had a bit of fear on his face but said calmly, "I will look for him as I do my duty here in the Sea of the Damned, but I cannot leave my post. And I fear that the waters of the damned will change him," "What do you mean?" Twilight asked with a hint of worry. "These waters are not like the waves from the living world," Clyde told them, "They don't have any effect on souls from this place, but since you came here from the living world by unnatural ways... I fear that your Pirate King would not be the same again. If exposed too long in this place while living and breathing like in the Sea of Thieves... we may become cursed in a matter of weeks," "And that's when we were forced to leave the Ferry of the Damned," Twilight said to the two ponies that she didn't want to face without their son. Celestia and Ramsey Singh. "And that was before we found the crew of the Black Pearl," Twilight, Celestia and Ramsey were in the cabin of the Santiano, and Celestia and Ramsey were angrier than broken at the news of their son lost to the waves of that cursed place. After Twilight left the Sea of the Damned, Twilight and the rest of the Outcasts went back to the Castaway. "When we got back to the Castaway, she told us that to find Will and Jack Sparrow. We need to find a special compass aboard the Black Pearl and find her crew. We went to the Sunken Kingdom to find that ship and her crew, of which we did, and we defeated the Siren Queen who made a pact with Davy Jones and wanted to destroy everything that was living above the water," "Why didn't you come us as soon as you came back from the Sea of the Damned?" Celestia said, demanding an answer for the loss of her son to the depths of the Damned. "We were going to do that, but we the portal that led us to that cursed place, to begin with, closed itself, and our magic is not strong enough to make another one," Twilight said, with some fear in her voice "I-I-I-I-I see," Celestia said, her voice sad and barely audible, "I always feared that losing my son again would make me transform into Daybreaker, but I guess that he is somewhere that is nearby. I guess," "WE have to find him before someone or something will claim him like Flameheart or a long-forgotten foe from another time," Ramsey said, his voice nearly breaking from the pressure of losing his son for the second time. "WE will join you to find this 'Castaway' and get some answers," Twilight got up and headed for the door leading to the main deck of the ship, "I know that you are worried about Will, But he's a strong colt, and I'm leaving it there," AT THE CASTAWAY'S CAMP. "So you're the Castaway that my son went to," Celestia said to the Castaway, who had a look of nostalgia. "And you must be the Pirate King's Mother," The Castaway said to Celestia, "An honour to meet you," "You can lead us to find our son?" Celestia said. "I can, and I will then listen close," The Castaway said. "To do what you do... To plunge into the icy depths and face the hatred that dwells below the waves... That is not easy. But in the dark, you found the heart of the Black Pearl... …her loyal crew. Mister Gibbs, you are no longer my only guest," Out of the Castaway's came the one and only Gibbs. Not the one from N.C.I.S. "Ah, we meet again! This fine woman's been tellin' me about this Sea of Thieves we've found ourselves upon and about the Pirate King of these parts. Seems we won't be wantin' for adventures here. Unless, of course, the goings-on in the Sea of the Damned... And you must be the Pirate King that I've heard a lot about," Gibbs looked at Ramsey and bowed his head to the Alicorn Pirate. "I'm not the Pirate King," Ramsey told Gibbs, "That honour goes to my son, who is missing, in the Sea of the Damned," "I see," Gibbs said sadly but then cheered himself up. "I'm sure we will-" "DON'T JINX IT" The whole Outpost yelled out loud. Poor Gibbs was startled. "Sorry," "Aye, I have been telling Mister Gibbs that the Sea of the Damned is a place shaped by the lives of those who live there. The Cursed Captain, him not know it... …but the town where him spent eternity is drawn from his own lost past..." The Castaway said. "And that's what got us thinking..." Gibbs said, "If we can follow the footprints to find the boots that made em... …we can use a man's life to find the man. Now I've sailed with Jack Sparrow more longer'n most! So I've more than a few tales of his past misdeeds tucked away in the old mazard," "Our lives are like threads in a tapestry, they loop, and they tangle," The Castaway said, "The stories Mister Gibbs tell helped me tease out the golden thread of Jack's path... ...as it wind through the Sea of the Damned. Now it fall to you to follow it," "But, er, as to Jack's precise location... …we're still at a bit of a loss. You'll need this back for the best chance of findin' him," Gibbs said as he pulled out Jack compass. "What about finding and saving my son," Celestia said as she grabbed the compass in her magic. "Jack's compass is special; it point's to the thing that you want most in life," The Castaway told Celestia, "But the whole crew knows this, your Equestrian magic doesn't work at all in the Sea of the Damned," "You'll see when we get down there," Applejack said. "Even creatures that don't use magic can't fly there as well," Gilda said with a frown on her face. "If what you want most truly be to save the Sea of Thieves from Davy Jones, then the compass will point the way. All I can do is drawn back the veil..." (The Castaway casts a spell, opening a Tunnel of the Damned) Celestia looks at the portal in shock, "What kind of magic is this," Celestia thought to herself. "Uh, before you go..." Gibbs said, snapping Celestia out of her shocked face, "There's plenty about Jack's life that's strange, or peculiar, or downright inconceivable! So I've scrawled down all that I can in these here notes. You'd best take them for the journey. I'd tag along, but if I tried to leave without making reparations to the lass, Larinna, who gave us food and lodging... …not even the Sea of the Damned will hide me. Best of luck to ye... we're all counting on you to bring Jack home. And your son," As the Santiano once again sails into the Sea of the Damned, Celestia and Ramsey try to use their magic and wings, but to no results. "Makes me feel like an Earth Pony again," Ramsey muttered to himself. "LAND AHOY," One of the Lookouts called out. The island in question is a large fantasy city, with tall buildings made of marble and stone and guarded by pony guards of all three pony races. "CANTERLOT!?" The Equestrian natives yelled in surprise at the sight of the capital city of Equestria. "How is this possible?" Pinkie asked herself. "The Sea of the Damned is a place of memories," Ramsey said, "For every Pirate that enters the Sea of Thieves, more islands like this one are formed by the memories from Pirates," "We haven't been here in a year or two," Twilight said. "Let's see if Will is in there," Celestia said as she went flying but forgot about the Sea of the Damned's Equus magic nulling. "Ready the longboats," Ramsey ordered. Our heroes docked at the piers used for Airships but now were used for the longboats filled with Pirates. The human members of the Santiano were looking at the city in wonder as they walked through the streets. "Wow," One of the human Outcasts said in wonder. "This is one of your cities, your highness?" Another asked Twilight. "Yes, it is," Twilight said, "Before the G.M.U came in and made it their own," Twilight shuddered a little at the memory of her home city being turned from a symbol of harmony to a palace for the greedy and the corrupt, that is still fresh in her mind. "Wait," one of the Griffins said, "Do you hear that?" (Baby pony crying noises) "There goes the young prince," One of the passing ghost guard ponies said with sympathy in his voice, "Crying like there's no tomorrow," The words 'young prince' got Celestia attention, "Will?" Celestia whispered to herself. Then she bolted to the castle with tears in her eyes. "Tia!?" Ramsey called out to his wife and ran after her. Then the whole crew followed Ramsey to the castle. Since change to a forgotten part of Canterlot Castle. "Will?" Celestia called out her son, "Where are you, Will!?" Celestia turned a corner at a fast pace. The rest of the crew is falling behind. "Celestia?!" Ramsey called out to his wife, "Slow down, please!" Celestia, Ramsey and then the rest of the crew stopped at a door that at least three dozen guard ponies heavily guard. "I've never thought I would see this again," Ramsey said as Celestia walked toward the door as the guards bowed their heads as if they saw her and if she was re-enacting a memory from her mind. "I had this place under guard of the last few days," Celestia told the crew, "Ever since I've come back to Equestria with Will in me, I was scared beyond scared that my son would be taken away from me," Celestia open the door to a nursery. It was filled with the typical toy that a baby colt would like. But the only difference was most, if not all of the toys, were pirate-themed. Flags, the toy chest, the bedding, and the music box made by one of Celestia's Pirate friends, Shan the Tinkerer. There were a lot of plushes of pirates from Equestria's history from the early days of sailing to the 'golden age of piracy that was happening at that moment; there were even plushies of both Celestia and Ramsey in their Pirate outfits. "This place was a haven of my little pony," Celestia said as she walked over to the crib, where the noise was coming from. "Everyone in Equestria knew him as the Prince of the Sun. But to me, he was My Little Pirate," Becalmed by Celestia: Our ship, she dreams of wind in her sails, Of wind in her sails unfurled. And Shining as we cross the sea, We cross the sea for home. As Celestia was singing, another version of her appeared as the song continued. This was the Princess version of Celestia and not the Pirate version of her nowadays. She was holding a baby pony in her forelegs; the baby had a white coat and a black mane and tail with amethyst eyes, just like William. Then we'll all raise our voices, A song in our hearts. And set our eyes on distant shores With wind in her sails again. There'll be cheering and calling. No more squabbling and brawling When we have the wind in our sails. When we have our feet on the ground. We'll sow our good fortune around. There'll be feasting and pleasure. No more rationing and measure. When we have the wind in our sails. Baby Will stopped crying after the song and went back to sleep. "Sweet dreams, My Little Pirate," Ghost Celestia said and left the room, but the crying didn't stop. "I thought for sure that Will was asleep during that night," Celestia said. "It's not coming from the crib," Ramsey said, "It's coming from that pile of Plushes," Ramsey pointed to the plush pile. The plush pile shifted a little, "Will?" Celestia said with a motherly voice, "Is that you under there?" "I guess you took your time," Will said bluntly. Celestia was taken aback by his bluntness, "Will," She said with worry in her voice, "What happened?" "After I jumped after Jack Sparrow. I was lost to the Waters of the Damned," Will said to his mother, "I spent the next hour swimming to find Jack, but I came to this island and saw the memories that came with this place," Will poked his head out a little, his eyepatch on his left eye gone and his eyes were closed. "This island is a mix of your memories, and my mum," Will said, "And I SAW how I left Equestria and what happened after FLAMEHEART banished me to the human world in the 21st century. He boasted that he was sent by SUNSET SHIMMER and that he was under contract to send me as far away from my home. And too he was going to TORTURE me why you may wonder. WHY NOT. Blood for the blood god and all that," "Will," Ramsey said as he walked up to his son slowly, "Did something happen to you while you were in the Sea of the Damned?" "Yes," Will said as he opened his eyes, "To quote Briggsy, 'I never asked to be cursed'," Will's eyes were not the regular amethyst coloured eyes; his left eye was now healed, but was now something different. Both of his eyes were a ghostly green. (Like this) To be continued... > Chapter 29 Captains of the Damned Part 1. > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Everyone was looking at me with wide eyes and open mouths when I opened my eyes to them to reveal the curse I had with me. Mum was the first to speak to me, "Oh my god. Will, what happened to you, my baby?" She said to me with worry beyond worry. "Like I told Mum," I said plainly, "I was cursed in this godforsaken place for months!" I then yelled with my Royal Canterlot Voice and stood up, causing the pile of my foal hood plushies to fall down and around me. "How long?" Twi asked me. I sighed, "Six months," Everyone gasped, "But we came back a day later," Gilda said. "Time works a little differently here. One day here could feel like six months here in this place of Damned magic," Dad said as he walked over to me. "After I jumped after Jack Sparrow into the water, I found myself on this island. I tried to find a way to get back. But the more I stayed in this place, the more I became a part of this Sea. No matter what I tried, I can't do anything, even with my new magic that this place has given me-" I was interrupted by Dad, who hugged me with both his forelegs and his wings while shedding tears of sadness. "I thought I lost you again," Dad said while sobbing. He was letting all of that pain out into the open. He didn't care if Mum, my friends or my crew saw 'The Greatest Pirate Who Ever Lived' cry like a foal who lost their parents. "I'm sorry, Dad," I said, trying to cheer him up, "It's my fault-" "Will!" Dad yelled and looked at me, his eyes being red with tears, "DON'T you dare say that it was all your fault because it's not and will never be your fault. No matter how tropey that sounds like. We all have our moments of weakness. Everyone has a weakness," "Everyone who was a part of your crew was in a bad place," A human crewmate said, "We left our world behind for something greater, and we got that from the Sea of Thieves and you, my king," "When we were in chains, you were there to break them and cast them onto our slavers," A griffin raider said happily. "No matter what world we are from, be it Equestria or Earth, we all came because you shined a light in our darkest times," One dragon guard said with a proud voice. Everyone was giving me more and more reminders of my times of being not a good leader but a great friend. Then someone started to sing. It was Mum. Come stop your crying It will be alright Just take my hand Hold it tight I will protect you From all around you I will be here Don't you cry For one so small You seem so strong My arms will hold you Keep you safe and warm This bond between us Can't be broken I will be here, don't you cry 'Cause you'll be in my heart Yes, you'll be in my heart From this day on Now and forevermore You'll be in my heart No matter what they say You'll be here in my heart Always Always "Thank you, everyone," I said to my crew with tears in my still cursed eyes, "Thank you, Nakama. Thank you, my family!" Everyone cheered as a new song began to play over our ears. Family from One Piece sung by the Straw Hat Pirates. Outcasts. Everyone was now party at the return of the pirate king, so much so that a party was held on the Santiano. We may not be related, but the bonds we've created are strong enough to call family! (When we're sailing the sea...) When other tides have faded, we will still be here! We're more than friends, we are family... William Hunter Singh, the Pirate King of the Sea of Thieves. You can go and explore, every waiting island in the ocean. But even then you won't find, a crew that holds a candle to ours... Twilight Sparkle Singh the Pirate Queen of the Sea of Thieves. The crew on our ship is all misfits, but we're the best misfits around... Spike the Pirate Dragon. Abandon logic, we don't use it, Let it go, and you're motion-bound... Fluttershy the Pirate Beast Tamer. Everyday danger is near, but somehow, we all survive... Outcasts. We risk our lives on a daily basis, with treasure on our minds... The ultimate find! William. We're the best in all of the sea, we'll never back down, 'cause together we'll succeed! Outcasts. We may not be related, but the bonds we've created, are strong enough to call family (When we're sailing the sea...) When other tides have faded, we will still be here! We're more than friends; we are family... William: "I'M GONNA BE THE PIRATE KING!" Spike: "I WANT A GRAND AS HELL ADVENTURE!" Twilight: "I WANT TO LEARN ABOUT THE SEA OF THIEVES!" Fluttershy: "I'LL BE A BRAVE PIRATE OF THE SEA!" Gilda: "I WANT TO BE THE FREESET CREATURE IN THE UNIVERSE!" Celestia: "I WANT MY SON TO BE A HAPPY PIRATE KING!" Rainbow 'Crash' Dash. Each and everyone of us, will see the greatest treasure that we can find. We'll do what we've been dreaming of.. and never turn around and look back... Celestia Singh. All of the crew here are dreamers... We dream until the sun goes down... Gilda the Vengeful. Forget the feelings from your past, We'll smile 'cause it's a brand new day... Ramsey Singh the Pirate Lord. Family, means we're together, even through the thick and thin... Outcasts. We eat together on a daily basis, Don't think about the tears, we'll celebrate... William. All of us are the strongest around, together we, will be the very best... Everyone. We may not be related, but the bonds we've created, are strong enough to call family (When we're sailing the sea...) When other tides have faded, we will still be here! We're more than friends, we are family... William:"ONE MORE TIME!" Everyone. We may not be related, but the bonds we've created, are strong enough to call family (When we're sailing the sea...) When other tides have faded, we will still be here! We're more than friends, we are family... Celestia: Let's go and save Captain Jack Sparrow and the Sea of Thieves! William: "Alright! Is everybody ready? Let's go!" Everyone: "AYE AYE CAPTAIN!" TO BE CONITUNED... > Chapter 30 Captains of the Damned Part 2 > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- As we sailed through the Sea of the Damned, we can across a Spanish stone fort called: Fort of Lost Souls. "This place reminds me of the War for Freedom," Dad said as he looked at the fort with a spyglass. "Too much," Mum said, "Jack's compass is pointing at the fort," "If Jack Sparrow is here, that is," I said with caution in my voice, "Pull up the Santiano at the pier there," The Santiano docks near the fort me and some members of my crew land there. I opened my wings and glided down to the end of the pier. My crew on and off the ship were giving me a funny look. "What? What did I do wrong?" I asked them. "You glided down from the Santiano with your wings, in the Sea of the Damned. How?" Dashie asked me as she walked up to me with shocked eyes. "I guess that being in this accursed place made me use to its magic?" I guessed. "Anyway, we need to find Jack in this fort," I walked up to the fort's gates as one of my crewmates lit a lantern that was being held by a skeleton, and then the fort itself came alive as one by one, the torches were being lit up by magic, and then the gates opened with a familiar song from what felt like a long time ago. Ghostly voice: The King and his men stole the queen from her bed, And bound her in her bones... The seas be ours, and by the powers. Where we will, we'll roam... "Oh my god," I said, all giggly and fanboy like and began to sing along. William and the Ghostly Voices: Yo, ho, all together... Hoist the colours high... Heave ho, thieves and beggars... Never shall we die... "Okay... What the hell, Will?" Zecora asked me, "I know we haven't sung that song in years, but why now?" "Because my dear Zecora. It's a song that came from Jack Sparrow's world," I told her and my crew and family. (Cue Sailing Through Cave) After a battle at the Spanish fort, we sailed through a cave that somehow was not too small for the Santiano. "Well, that was something new. And scary," Flutters said as she helped Zecora with the wounded, holding some bananas and other fruits in her wings. "It's like those Ocean Crawlers from Davy Jones' crew," "I will be the first to say that these new threats can be difficult if you're not being prepared on land or sea. If what you said about there being a variant of the Merfolk is true," Dad said. "SAIL. FLYING PIRATE COLOURS!" A pirate from the crow's mast yelled. The sound of cannon fire was getting our attention. (Cue Strike Yer Colours!) "Strike yer colours Ye bloomin' cockroaches!" A voice said that made me zip up to the front of the ship to see who it was. "Surrender Captain Jack Sparrow or, by thunder, we'll burn the city to the ground!" "HECTOR BARBOSSA?!" I yelled. "Two shot holes, Captain! One clean through the mizzenmast!!" One of Barbossa's crew yelled out. It sounded like an old voice recording from an old movie. And then it clicked. "HA HA HA HA HA HA HA HA HA HA HA HA HA HAH, THE MAD LADS REMADE THE RIDE FROM DISNEYLAND!" I yelled with my Canterlot Royal Voice, hurting the ears of my crew. I then teleported to the dock of this Spanish port town, smiling like a kid at Disneyland seeing the Pirates of the Caribbean ride for the first time. "Oh no, he's doing it again!" Twi said with worry. "There's a thing about my son that maybe I should have told you," Mum said to my crew as they tried to catch up with me, "He may be born a pony, but his first love is, and will always be The Pirate's Life. And includes pirates from other universes," My crew saw me with some ghostly pirates and me re-enacting alongside them. "Pipe the lubber aloft, matey," one of the Captor pirates said as Governor Carlos of Isla Tesoro was hoisted up from the well, "Where be Cap'n Jack Sparrow and the treasure, ye bilge rat?!" "Do not tell him, Carlos! No. no, no, no!" Carlos' wife said, then a gun was shot at the wife as she closed the window doors before the bullet got her. "Hahaha, scuttle the old cockroach," The commanding pirate said. "No! No! Por favor! No, no, no!" Carlos pleaded but to no avail. "William, what are you doing?!" Twi asked me as I smiled and ran away to another part of the city. "I think we are maybe trying to save Will from... Whatever this is?" Trixie asked the crew. "Weigh anchor now, ye swabbies. What be I offered for these hearty hens?" A pirate Auctioneer called out. And there I was, acting like a mime the whole time next to each of the ghosts that talked like in the ride. "Every one an egg-layer! Now, ye scurvy scoundrels, do I hear ten, a hen for a ten?" "Not less they be laying golden eggs!" One pirate said, then the group laughed. "Pipe down, ye lily-livered lubber!" The Auctioneer said. "Eh! Send the hens to Davy Jones. It's the gold they want!" Captain Redd said to the pleasure of the pirates around her. "Belay there, ya bilge rat! Strike your feathers, dearie, show 'em your flock!" The Auctioneer said again. "Oh, quit your cluckin'! The Gentlemen want the gold. Don't ye, boy!" Red said. "We wants the gold! WE WANTS THE GOLD!" Some heckling pirates chanted. "Drink up, me hearties, yo ho!" Red said to the cheer of the other pirates. "WILLIAM HUNTER SINGH!" I heard Twi yell at me, "Get your tail back here, right NOW!" "Can't stop now, Twi!" I yelled back, "I'm having the time of my life with Pirates of the Caribbean!" Cue: Yo ho, A Pirate's Life for Me by Disney and the correct lyrics this time. William Hunter Singh: "Yo ho, yo ho, a pirate's life for me. We pillage plunder, we rifle and loot. Drink up me hearties, yo ho. We kidnap and ravage and don't give a hoot. Drink up me hearties, yo ho. Yo ho, yo ho, a pirate's life for me. We extort and pilfer, we filch and sack. Drink up me hearties, yo ho. Maraud and embezzle and even highjack. Drink up me hearties, yo ho. Yo ho, yo ho, a pirate's life for me. We kindle and char and in flame and ignite. Drink up me hearties, yo ho. We burn up the city, we're really a fright. Drink up me hearties, yo ho. We're rascals and scoundrels, we're villains and knaves. Drink up me hearties, yo ho. We're devils and black sheep, we're really bad eggs. Drink up me hearties, yo ho. Yo ho, yo ho, a pirate's life for me. We're beggars and blighters and ne'er do-well cads, Drink up me hearties, yo ho. Aye, but we're loved by our mommies and dads, Drink up me hearties, yo ho. Yo ho, yo ho, a pirate's life for me." [Repeat three times. "Keep Still," A drunken pirate said to his dog. "I'm studyin' me map," behind him was Jack Sparrow. He took the key from the drunk's hand and ran away with me following him. "WILLIAM!" I heard Twi called out. "Get your flank and tail, back here NOW!" "What- me key! It can't be... No, not again! 'T'isn't fair!" the drunken pirate said as my crew ran after me. "He's heading into the jail!" One pirate said while chasing Jack and me. "This time, we've got him cornered!" Another pirate said. While the ghostly Jack went through the gates, I teleported through them to follow him. After my crew and family followed me through the prison, Jack and I were sitting on a big pile of treasure in the treasury room, singing Yo ho A Pirate's Life For Me together. "We're rascals and scoundrels, villains and knaves... Drink up me hearties, yo-ho!," Jack said as I was smiling like a little kid. "A toast to piracy and it's shiny rewards! I humbly accept this magnificent treasure as my reward... for a life of villainy, larceny, skulduggery, persnickity...ny... Drink up me hearties, yo-ho..." "You said it, Jack," I said to him, "Oh... hi everyone. Did you have a great time at the ride today?" "G-g-great time?! At the ride?!" Twi said while looking furious at me. "You think that this is a ride?! We could have lost you again! And you're wondering if we had fun at this 'ride'?!" "That's the thing, Twi," I said happily, "This whole island was or rather is a ride. THE ride that was made by Walt Disney decades ago before the Pirates of the Caribbean movies began. I've never been on the ride myself back in the human world, but I knew it and always wanted to go!" "This is just like that time you freak out over a man named Guybrush Threepwood, only it's worse!" Twi yelled in my face, but I wasn't phased by it. "You need to grow up. Celestia, talk to him! PLEASE?!" Mom sighed happily. "Sorry, Twilight," She said "Like I said before, My Son's first love is pirates, and always pirates," Just then Jack's compass goes off, telling us to head up the stairs. "Time to finish this ride and find Jack Sparrow," As we ascend the stairs the joyful pirate music was gone. "I've found 'em!" A Phantom Scout said as came up the stairs of the town's fort. "That means Sparrow must be here an' all. Search the town!" "Is this a part of the 'ride' that you were fanboying about back there?" AJ asked me. "No, it's not," I answered quietly. "Ready or not, here we come..." another Phantom Scout said as we passed through them. "There'll be no escape for you this time! Cap'n orders!" A Phantom Pirate says as he and other Phantoms appear in front of us. "PIRATES, To arms!" I yelled as the Phantoms attacked us. after we defeat the first group, we made our to the town as we watch the town burning around us. "Ye best start believing in ghost stories..." the voice of Barbossa "...Yer in one," "We kinda know that, Hector," I said out loud. Then, cannons started firing on the town, taking down a clock tower and scaring the townsfolk into their buildings. "Spring the trap! We've got 'em surrounded!" One Phantom yelled to signal the others. "YOU WILL PAY FOR RUINING THIS ISLAND!" I yelled with a banshee-like wail and it scared away the Phantoms. "...What just happen?" "Whatever that was, it has to wait," Mum said to me with Dad nodding next to her. We quickly ran to the courtyard with the well, "Barbossa's getting mighty tired of you getting in our way... So he sent us to do something about it," A Phantom said as they attack us. "Try this!" I said as I my two swords that are being held in my front hooves and posed for an attack. "Nitoryu, Nanajuni Pound Ho!" Winds of slicing blades struck the Phantoms then we continued moving back to the Santiano. "Well, now, I warned ye what'd happen if our paths crossed again!" A Phantom Captain called Black Dog Briar called out to me. "Yer meddlin's given Sparrow time to reach the Black Pearl... an' with him goes the only treasure that could take us t' the living world fer some real fun. That's why Barbossa sent me to make sure you get what you deserve..." Black Dog came out of the shadows and attack me from behind and manage to hit my back. We clashed for a few minutes, trading blow for blow, "For a ghost, you're a pretty good fighter," I said to Black Dog as ghostly steel struck magically enchanted swords. We stop for a minute, "You will be the first to see my new sword style," Black Dog's ghostly eyebrows were raised as I put the Sword of Souls in my mouth and pulled another sword out called the Soulflame Cutlass, I had the Sword of Souls, Briggsy's Sword and now the Soulflame Cutlass. Yes, it's Pirate Hunter Roronoa Zoro's Iconic Sword Style, Santoryu. Also known as the Three Sword Style. (Yes I wanted my OC to use this style of fighting for a long time) Cue Zoro Battle Theme: Black Dog laugh as the Zoro battle theme played around us. "Three swords... really?" he said. "I don't care what ya think, mate," I said while the Sword of Souls is in my mouth. "I have wanted to use this style for a while now. Now feel its power!" I crossed my front legs and hooves with my swords and lowered my hand and waited for an attack. "Santoryu..." "YOU BE SORRY FOR MESSING WITH ME!" Black Dog yelled at me as he made his Phantom charge. "ONI-GIRI!" I yelled out the attack and cut Black Dog Briar in half from his shoulder to his waist. "Do ye still not not know whose ghost story this is?" Black Dog Briar asked me as he disappeared into the ground, "It seems dead men DO tell tales..." As Briar sank into the ground, I put away my swords and my crew ran up to me, asking me lots of questions about how my new sword style worked and what was that new sword that I had. "Everypirate, please..." I said to my crew, "It's just something that I was working on while I was in this accursed place," "Can we please find Jack Sparrow and get out of here?" Fluttershy asked me with her legs shaking. "Yes, Flutters. We can leave now," I said but as we enter the docks and began to board the Santiano, I turn back to the town and happily sighed with a dreamy smile on my muzzle. "You folks are a RARE kind of people. Thank you," We set sail to our next course and we saw both the Black Pearl and then the Flying Dutchman came out of the water and was sailing side by side with Jack's legendary ship. "Oh my gods..." I whispered to myself, knowing what this scene is. "I got a jar of dirt, I got a jar of dirt... And guess what's inside it!" Me and Ghost Jack said together word for word. Much to the annoyance of my crew and the eye rolling of my parents. "ENOUGH!" Ghost Davy Jones groaned in annoyance as the Dutchman readied to fire on the Pearl. "...Hard to starboard!" Jack said to his crew. "Hard to starboard! Send his beloved back Pearl to the depths!" Jones order his crew. "Follow those ships!" I order MY crew, "they may lead us to where Jack is!" "AYE!" My crew said as they moved the Santiano to follow two of the greatest pirate ships in the multiverse as both ship open fire on each other. Then they disappeared, "Follow the lights!" I said as I looked out to the accursed horizon and saw the Flames of the Damned. Then the Pearl appeared with the Dutchman giving chase. "Let them taste the triple guns!" Jones said. "How is that possible?" Zecora asked everyone on the Santiano. "Cursed magic, I will have to guess," I heard someone tell Zecora as the ships disappeared again. "Find the lights and follow 'em!" Gilda orders the crew. "THERE!" Someone from the crow's nest yelled and pointed at the Pearl way ahead of us and the Dutchman sailing side by side with us. "One by one, tentacles wrap my ship," Jack's voice narrates around us as we saw the Kraken (Or Karen as we in the Sea of Thieves community call her) "The crew watches helplessly as I stare into the Kraken's maw. The lovely Elizabeth weeping for the life we'll never share... ...and young Turner brought to his knees by my heroic display of self-sacrifice!" "Abandon ship!" Gibbs said to the crew of the Pearl. "Abandon ship or abandon hope!" ""Hello, beastie" I whispered," Jack continued. "With such an air of determination that the Kraken itself understands exactly who it's coming for. I suppose I could have been merciful and let her sink back into the depths... ...had it not scuffed the paint of my precious Black Pearl..." My crew watched in horror as the ghost version of the Pearl was dragged down into the depths by Karen. "Jack Sparrow... Our debt is settled," Jones said happily as the Dutchman faded away from view. "What. The. Hell?" Twilight asked. "Now, as to what happened next..." Jack said next, "That's a tale to be told by a man who's thirst's been quenched..." As Jack says that, a dock appeared and my crew quickly slowed the Santiano down and pulled her into the dock. "I've seen this place once or twice before," Dad said as he came up from behind me. "You know this place, Dad?" I asked him. "Aye," Dad answered me, "It's the Tavern of the Damned. A place where Pirate Legends have been sent here to drink until the Ferryman comes and picks them up," "Now, who wants to give the song another try?" Jack's voice can be heard from the docks as we approached the door to the Tavern. "The living may not enter this hallowed haven of the honoured dead. Begone!" C.C said, giving us a little jump while he's at it. "I said 'begone', ye scurvy... Wait, I remember ye now! It's me, yer old shipmate from the lighthouse!" "Cursed Captain?!" Twilight said, "How did you get there? We were just in the Sea of the Damned a few days ago," "Many a month since I've set sockets on ye, maties... For me, I mean! Time flows differently here," "It's been six months since I saw my crew and family again," I told C.C sadly. "After I followed Jack Sparrow into those accursed waters, I was drifting for weeks before I found an island that held Canterlot City there and took shelter," "Aye..." C.C replied, "Oh, I've had some grand adventures since ye set me free, but now I guard this here threshold. Normally flesh 'n' blood types be forbidden, but I reckon I owe you a debt," Then C.C opened the Tavern door. "In ye go, but try'n keep out of trouble!" We entered and I saw Jack dancing on a table, then he saw me and my crew. "It's all right. They're with me," Jack said as he jump off the table and looked at me. "Nice to see you again, horse pirate. Did you get a hair cut?" "Ha. Ha. Ha. Very funny Jack," I said bitterly. "Don't tell me. You're here to rescue me," My crew nodded, "Considering the success of your previous efforts, or lack thereof... ...pardon me if I decline your assistance forthwith," My crew was shocked at what Jack said, and I was pissed off at him the most. "I jumped into after you, Jack and spent WEEKS trying to find you in those waters... ...only to leave myself cursed with unknown magic and scaring my crew for, what was days in the Sea of Thieves, was MONTHS in this damned place," "Besides, I'm not presently in need of rescuing," Jack said ignoring my words, "This is the first place I've found down here where everyone appreciates my unique... uniqueness," "Because they have seen and met things far worse than you," I said grimly. "And no one's tried to lock me up," Jack again ignored me pointing things out. "Because this is a PIRATE tavern!" I said with a little anger. "So, pull up a chair and grab a glass because I have an eternity of stories to tell..." Jack said. "Then what about this?" I pulled out Jack's compass. Jack was a little bit surprised, "Oi. You have my compass! but I left that back on the... Oh, so you found the Pearl, eh?" "From what my crew told me, it was chained to the seafloor and guarded by the Sirens," I said sadly. "Well don't think that's going to drag me out of here," Jack said firmly, "From what I heard of this so-called Sea of Thieves... It's nothing but cursed crews, bloodthirsty mermaids, a legion of dead angry pirates, the blasted Trading Companies and anti-social skeletons." "What?!" I said with a threating voice, with the rage of the Blood God. "Oh, yes, and now one Davy Jones," Jack said while not paying attention to my boiling anger that was mixed with my new Magic of the Damned, "I've danced to that tune already, savvy? There's nothing there for me," Jack was now choking with sea green magic wrapped around his neck and fell on his hands and legs. "YOU COME INTO MY KINGDOM, BRING WITH YOU DAVY FUCKING JONES, LEAVE YOUR CREW STRANDED ON THE OUTPOSTS AND YOU WANT TO DRINK YOU SORRY-EXCUSE-OF-A-PIRATE-LEGEND-FROM-BEYOND-THIS-WORLD IN THIS TAVERN LIKE THE COWARD THAT YOUR REALLY ARE!" I yelled with Damned Magic infused rage as I choke the unlife out of Jack while getting the attention of the whole tavern. I soon released him from my magic grip and let him breath again. "You have always been a coward, Jack Sparrow. You only care for yourself and no one else. You always want to live forever, but you want to know a secret from one immortal bastard to a mortal like you?" Jack looked up at me with confusion on his face, "You will always outlive your friends and family like Twilight did when she ruled Equestria for untold years. For what is a Princess of Friendship without her friends! Months turn to years, years turn to decades, decades turned to centuries, and the world that you once knew is changed for the worst. Trust me, Sparrow. living forever is a curse for anyone who does know it!" I turned my tail on him and began to walk out of the tavern. "WE don't need Jack Sparrow," "Fine," Jack said after he recovered, "I don't need a crew. I got everything right here," "I'm afraid you're wrong, Jack Sparrow," A voice came from behind me and in front of Jack, I turn to see a familiar ghostly pirate that I'd help from a while ago. "That's CAPTAIN Jack Sparrow, mate," Jack told the voice. "No, I don't think so," The ghostly swordsman said to Jack, "A Captain doesn't abandon his ship. Or his crew," "And just whose moustache do I have the dubious pleasure of addressing?" Jack asked. "Sir Arthur Pendragon, Captain of the Blackwyche," I told Jack standing next to Pendragon, with relief in my voice to see someone who can talk some sense into Jack. "Yes. It was pirates like these that helped me when I lost my crew; and my hope along with them. They reminded me that our Sea of Thieves is a special place. A place where you can be a pirate and a good man," Pendragon said to Jack. "Hear hear!" Gilda said. "A place where anything is possible!" Wild Rose said to Jack, "Even falling in love with our idiots," My crew giggled a little while, Mum, Dad, me and Twilight blushed a deep red. "Where we're stronger together! Somewhere worth fighting for!" George said with a fiery passion. "AYE!" My Outcasts yelled. "A place where we need nothing more than the open waves and a ship beneath our feet," Eli Slate said to Jack, "A place we can be free," "What a ship is, is freedom..." I and Jack said together then we looked at each other and laughed a little. "Well. Now that you're all finished... I'll be taking my compass back, if you be so kind?" I got out Jack's compass and walked up to him, "It's a very special compass, Jack. You're a lucky pirate to have one, And sorry for losing it there for a second," I said the last bit sheepishly. "It's alright, mate," Jack said, "We all lose it sometimes. Now the compass, would you kindly?" "Oh, right," I said and handed him the compass from my magic. "What I want most..." Jack said as he looked at his magical compass, "Funny... Seems to be pointing outside," Jack closes his compass. "Wait!" Rose and George said as Rose pulled her pendent and gave it to Jack and George did the same thing to me with his one. "For luck," "Not sure I deserve that," Jack said. "You defiantly deserve that, Jack," I said to him as Jack fades to the outside where the Santiano stayed docked. "The Sea of Thieves, eh?" Jack said to himself as he boarded the Santiano, "Bring me that horizon," "Anchors up! We're leaving this damned place!" I ordered the crew to make sail. "Quite the ship you have here, Mister...?" Jack asked me for my name. "William Hunter Singh, at your serves, sir," I told him. "And how do you know who I am when you saw me in the brig of that cursed ship?" Jack asked again. "That's a long story," I said, "How about a song, one from my homeland?" "Sure," Cue Spirit of the Anzacs Will: "He's a drover drifting over Western plains," Big Mac: "He's a city lad, a clark down Flinder's Lane," Thunderlane: "They're in the trenches at Lone Pine, And on the Flander's firing line," All three of them: "A willing band of ordinary men," Outcasts: "He's all of them He's one of us Born beneath The Southern Cross Side by side We say with pride He is all of them He is one of us," Rainbow: "He's a pilot on a midnight bombing raid," Applejack: "He's an Able Seaman on the Armidale," Fluttershy: "She's a nurse in Vietnam They're on patrol in Uruzgan," Mane Six: "Sons and daughters rising to the call," Outcasts: "She's all of them She's one of us Born beneath The Southern Cross Side by side We say with pride She is all of them She is one of us," Ramsey and Celestia: "The spirit of the Anzacs Proud and strong Spirit of the Anzacs Will live on and on and on," Everyone even Jack Sparrow: "He's all of them He's one of us Born beneath The Southern Cross Side by side We say with pride He is all of them She is all of them They are one of us They are one of us They are one of us," END SONG. To be continued... > Chapter 31 Dark Brethren Part 1 > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- As we sailed back into the Sea of Thieves, I saw that Jack was not back to his living form. And that got me worried. "Hmm. I would appear to still be dead," Jack said, "A bit disconcerting, that... But not so much as the thought of there being someone out there who knows far too much about me," "You mean the Castaway?" I asked him, "She does seem to know a lot about you. And her voice does sound familiar to me," "Me too, My Son," Mum said, coming up on my left, "Something about that mare has me feeling like I've met her before. But from where? I have no idea," "Either way," Jack said, "I shall disembark and see if I can't track this mysterious chronicler of my many misdeeds... Not to mention find my Treasure. It won't be too long, I intuit, 'til we meet again," Jack then disappeared. "Set a course for the nearest Outpost," I said to my helmsmen, "Davy Jones won't be resting now that Jack Sparrow is back in the Sea of Thieves," I giggled at what I said, "That sounds so weird, but it's true," We sailed to Golden Sands Outpost to find the Castaway at her camp, drawing in the sand. "So, you travelled to the Sea of the Damned, walked its shores and found two who was lost in them own past... Not many can walk beyond the veil that way. The things they see steal away their minds forever... 'til they even forget that them dead... But Davy Jones will not forget how you stood in him way. Nor will him forgive the Siren Queen for failing him. He-" She stops for a second, "Wait-- We are not alone... You know you cannot hide from me, Jack Sparrow!" Jack appeared next to the Castaway with his hand on his ear. "Uh I wasn't hiding! I was... eavesdropping. Vastly different pastimes," I sighed and giggled a little, "At least your not wearing a white hood," I muttered to myself. "There him stand... Another pirate who's twice come back from the land of the dead. Who escape the raid on Isla Tesoro and even found the Foundation of Youth..." "Oi! Have you been gossiping about me with these... These strange, book-obsessed group of mythological creature individuals?" Jack sounded like he's pride was insulted, "Whatever they've told you, it's not true. Unless it's flattering, in which case it's all true but they've left out the best bits," The Castaway continued, "The man who stole the only trinket that can reach Davy Jones... A pendant, twin to the one Jones himself possesses," Jack pulled out a crab-looking pendant with a face on it, and showed it to the Castaway. With my knowledge of the POTC movies, my eyebrows go high up and my jaw gets loose. Little did I know, Mum had the same look on her face. "How can you know all this? That pendant-" Jack said but was cut off. "Belongs to me," The Castaway said. "You can't be..." Jack said in shock. "No way!" I said softly. "Aye," Calypso said to Jack, "This time it was the sea that brought you back to me, Jack," She removed her seaweed hood and the magic hiding her human form from POTC 2 and 3 was revealed to us. "Tia Dalma! Uh, Calypso!" Jack exclaimed. "Calypso/Auntie?!" Me and Mum said at the same time, causing us to look at each other in shock. "You know her?!" We said again. "Calypso was from Jack Sparrow's world. How do you know her?" I asked my Mum. "She's my Aunt," Mum answered me to my total surprise, "But I haven't see her in centuries," "Wait..." I said slowly. "If Calypso is my Aunt, then that means..." My face slowly morphed into horror as something about this came to mind and my hindlegs gave out. "I NEARLY HAD DAVY JONES AS AN UNCLE?!?" My crew, my friends and the entire Outpost of Golden Sands stopped in their tracks and yelled, "What?!?" Jack look at me with confusion, "You never told me you had a sea goddess for an Aunt and that old Squid Beard was 'nearly' your Uncle," "I didn't know, honest!" I said, "How was I suppose to know that your world's goddess was one of my Aunts?" "You were only a baby pony back when I first met you, William Hunter Singh," Calypso said while cupping my chin with her human hand, "I gave you a blessing as a gift to you. You knew Jack's world from your time in that prison by Captain Flameheart. All worlds that you have seen is real and alive," Calypso made some images of other fictional pirates from other worlds. "One where one pirate love of a governor can drive him to do terrible things to the Caribbean. Another, in a island where no one grows up, a pirate has a lasting desire to kill a boy who has cut off him hand. Another, where a one legged man spent him life to find a island filled with treasure. And in another, a war between two secret factions have fought throughout the world has made it's way into the Caribbean has made a infamous pirate who never wanted to fight this history spaying war," "I know those worlds," I said to Aunt Calypso, "But I never would've thought that I had a Aunt in one of those worlds," "When Davy Jones trapped me in me human form," Aunt Calypso told me and my Mum, "I wasn't able to see you or save you during your years as a human, trapped like a dog in a cage. Like me, you longed for the freedom that the sea brings to all who sail them wild waters. And now I have meet you, I and I will help you with saving the Sea of Thieves, your Kingdom of Freedom," "Um... cuse me, Shouldn't you... be floating on a cloud, or bubbles, or whatever it is sea goddesses do?" Jack asked Calypso, "And while I'm asking the questions, am I alive or am I not? I look like a ghost, I can turn invisible, yet I can still touch my belongings," "The Sea of Thieves is a haunting place. It bestows many gifts, even upon the dead. That is why I followed the Black Pearl here. To protect these sacred waters from Davy Jones and that which follow him. That is all the answers I have. Now you must listen... Davy Jones know that the pirates of this world threaten him plans. So, him summon his own dark version of the Brethren Court, made of those cruel and corrupted souls who long to rule the Sea of Thieves. If him succeed, him power will be greater than ever before," "This is why I love running into old friends. They always have such cheery news," Jack said sarcastically. "I wonder if Uncle Jones is tinkin' about havin' Potata'ead for lunch as well," I said in a equally sarcastically Irish accent. Jack blinked, "Who's Potatohead?" My crew laughs at Jack's cluelessness, "It's a nickname that William calls Flameheart," Mum told Jack, "And it really makes him made," Jack made an "Oh" expression, "But if Jones is inviting his friends for tea, that means we know where to find him, and, by the by, my Treasure," Calypso smiled, "You speak the truth. And since you still hold the key to his fortress, with my sketches you can find you way inside. Think of what you want most, Jack Sparrow. It will show you the way," Jack pondered for a bit, "Right. Well, given these are unfamiliar waters, and I lack a ship of which to sail upon them, critical decisions must now be made," Jack cough a bit, "You will always remember this is the day your crew was joined... by Captain Jack Sparrow!" I laugh at Jack's theatre acts, while my friends were shocked, my family were confused and crew were not so happy about this. "Now I know that's is a great honour to bestow upon a humble vessel such as yours, but don't you worry - I promise you won't be an imposition," Jack turns to Calypso, "Tia Dalma, about that Treasure. If it was entrusted to Davy Jones, that can only mean--" "Hush!" Calypso said to Jack, "There are some truths not ready to be told. Their time will come when the deed is done. Now make sail, witty Jack, and be swift!" Calypso put back on her Castaway outfit, "Oh, well then... See you all aboard!" Jack said before he moved to the Santiano. "Oui!" Twi yelled at Jack, "You can't just become Captain of my husband's ship!" "Wait up, Twi!" I said after her as the rest of the crew hurried after Jack, Twi and me. "It seems we have a long journey ahead of us, so I took the liberty of helping myself to some provisions," Jack said at the Santiano's helm, "Now, Jones' fortress is practically off the edge of the map, but not to worry, my compass knows the way..." Jack looked at my crew and realised that every eye on the Santiano, apart from me, on him in a glaring look. But Jack did seem a little scared of the dragons, griffins, changelings, yaks, zebras, ponies and even the humans on the crew gave Jack an bit of fear, "Well, shall we?" Everyone got to work sailing to the Coral Fortress at the north side of the Sea of Thieves. Meanwhile, myself, Mum, Dad and Jack were at the map table down in the Santiano's lowest floor. Jack was looking not at Jones' Fortress, but rather, the rest of the Sea of Thieves. "Mermaid's Hideaway... I met a mermaid once. Nice girl, bit naïve, yet still fierce. Interesting combination," "Was that when you were serving under the black flag of Blackbeard?" I asked Jack. "I rather not talk about that time, to be honest," Jack replied then looked at the map again. "The Reaper's Hideout... Not much of a hideout if you put it on the map, eh," "A reminder of where Flameheart's forces are waiting to strike," Dad said to Jack., "Even when we destroyed that place months after the War for Freedom, it came back bigger and with more Reapers than ever," "But still. A bit weird to have one on the map," Jack said to Dad, "The Shore of Gold - I like the sound of that. let's go there next!" Then Jack saw that it had a port town on it, "Libertalia. The City of Freedom, now that's an great name for a pirate haven!" I blushed at Jack's words, "My son and his crew of friends built it from nothing and it stands as a symbol of what pirates can achieve!" Mum praised me, making me blush even more. "Now, I really want to go after we are done with Jones!" Jack agreed with Mum, "Devil's Ridge, The Devil's Roar, The Devil's Thirst... Once again proving that pirates are an unimaginative lot when it comes to naming things," "I... Well..." Dad said, "We have to come up with something, right dearie?" Dad turned to Mum, Pleading with her. "Well, you said that pony city names are just puns galore," Mum said, "So we couldn't name those island's after old pony legends," "Fair enough," Jack said, "But, then there's this," Jack pointed to one of the forts in the world, "How can it be the 'Lost Gold Fort' if everyone knows where it is?" "I blame the Skeletons for that one," Dad said. We soon sailed all the way to the Coral Fortress at the north side of the map, and my gods, it was scary to see it. My crew said it looked like one of the underwater structures from the Sunken Kingdom where they found Jack's ship, the Black Pearl and it's crew. We soon found the entrance to the Fortress, but it was blocked by a large stone door with Calypso's pendant carved into it. "This humble trinket once belong to Tia Dalma, a twin to the one Jones possesses and the key to his most valuable... Valuables. My crew found it on the deck of the Pearl after Tia was... 'released' shall we say," "You mean, after the queen was freed from her mortal bones?" I asked Jack. "What matters is, this got me inside another of Jones' strongholds once before. Let's just hope he hasn't changed his tune," Jack said. But before Jack can play the pendant, I stopped him. "Wait!" I said to Jack before asking, "I want to try something," "Try what?" Jack asked me. "I want to see if singing it's lyrics is enough to open it," I answered him. Jack looked at me and said "That music has words?" "Trust me, Jack," I said, then I moved myself in front of the door, and began to sing: (You know this one) "Cruel and cold like winds on the seas Will you ever return to me Hear my voice sing with the tide My love will never die Over waves and deep in the blue I will give up my heart for you Ten long years I'll wait to go by My love will never die," The stone door then open as my crew and I were surprised at the song that I sung, asking me how I knew it. Then Twi and the rest of the Mane Six came up to me, "That's the song that Nightmare Moon and Rathbone sang when they attacked Ponyville," Applejack said then asked me, "How do you know it, William?" "It was a fan made song from the Pirates of the Caribbean fanbase using that music that pendant," I told them. "Didn't know that Squidbeard had fans... What are fans?" Jack asked cluelessly. I shake my head and chuckled for a bit, "Another time, matey," I said in my best irish voice, "We got an monster outta hentai to deal with," TO BE CONTIUNED > Chapter 32 Dark Brethren Part 2 > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- "THIS IS LIKE THE GOONIES!" I yelled as me and my crew took the first waterslide in the Coral Fortress. We fell into the open room where we swam up to the surface and I saw the ship of my nightmares. The Flying Dutchman! "THIS IS LIKE THE GOONIES!" I yelled in happiness, but only for my friends to cover my muzzle and hushing me. "So that's the Flying Dutchmen," Mum said out loud, "It's not exactly a pleasant sight," "I'll say," Rares said in disgust, "Just look at those sails, is that seaweed?!" "Hey, there's a ladder on the side of the ship," Dashie said and then we climbed/flew up to the deck of the Dutchman. So enough Jack appeared next to me, "She may be crewed by a gang of antisocial shellfish, but this vessel is nothing if not perilous," Jack said to us as we boarded the Dutchman, "Powerful, too. She was fast enough to follow the Black Pearl when we crossed the horizon with my Treasure, and scuppered us before we knew what was what," "Although..." Jack thought of something, "If the Dutchman sailed inside this fortress, she must possess some means of opening that big door over yonder. All we have to do is find it," "There was a time this had a proud mission and a noble purpose... but that was long ago. Still, let's not disturb what we mustn't..." "Search the ship, but be careful... We don't know what Jones and his 'Dark Brethren' have in store for us," I told my friends as we split up to find what we need. One of my crewmates, a griffin with sea green feathers named Davrim, made his way to the map table, where a dagger covered in barricades, was stuck on the table. He was going to grab the dagger. "Better let me," Jack said to Davrim before he pulled the dagger, "This ship has a nasty habit of making those aboard her part of the furniture..." "How can a dagger make you 'part of the ship'?" Davrim asked Jack, but soon enough we begin to hear the familiar (At least to me) chant that begins to scare the crew and me a little. "Part of the ship, part of the crew, part of the ship, part of the crew..." The crew was looking around to find the source of the chanting, but failing to find it as the torches began to light themselves and the door to the cabin was now open. As I and my guards walk into the inner sanctum of Davy Jones, Jack appeared next to Uncle Jones' organ. And I was giggly like a school girl at the sight of it. "This, mate," Jack explained to me and my crew, " is the inner sanctum of the most vengeful creature to sail the seas," Jack pointed to the desk, "And that spot right there is where I swiped the Treasure out from under the nose he doesn't have. and if we don't get it back, this will never be over. And again statues... it will take more than one wee pendant to get them singing," Jack points to a piece of paper on the organs keys, "Now, this is either very old sheet music or Davy Jones' secret recipe for liver and onions," The Mane 6 shivered at the mention of liver, even though we've been in the Sea of Thieves for a few years now. Jack hands me the paper, "See if you can make heads of tails of it. Even though all of you have tails... and heads," "I don't know how to play an organ..." I said and then asked, "Anyone want to try?" "I'll do it!" Davrim said as I handed him the book with the sheet in it. "Okay... Here goes nothing!" Davrim pressed the right key and began to play the first few notes of Davy Jones' theme. And then, the room began to shake and Jack says: "It's working! Now we just need to wait for the song to end and--," then we hear enemies coming to fight us, with Ocean Crawlers boarding us and some firing the cannons at us and even some Sirens attack us from the water surrounding the Dutchman. "Assuming we survive that long. I may have been slightly mistaken about this ship being deserted!" "Dessert!? WHERE?!" Pinkie asked in excitement. "NOT NOW PINKIE!" The rest of the crew yelled as the Ocean Crawlers attacked everyone. "SHOOT THE CRAWLERS, MAN THE CANNONS AND DRIVE THEM BACK TO THEIR MAKERS!" I belted out orders. After the fight on the Dutchman Everyone was either tired from the fighting or wounded by the Crawlers and Sirens. At last we hear the giant gates behind the Dutchman was now opening. "If Jones didn't know we were here before, he certainly does now," Jack said, "I suggest we disembark before he sends anyone else to offer us a warm welcome," Jack jumps into the water and swam up to the newly open room behind the Dutchman. "Let's find out where that door leads, eh?" "AYE AYE, CAPTAIN JACK SPARROW!" I said aloud, then my crew ganged up on me and hushed me into silents. We soon came off another water slide and we began to hear voices from the other side of the pathway. "Well, Jones? The Dark Brethren have heeded your call, and now I'm sure we're all curious to learn why we were summoned," A voice that I recognize as Wanda the Warsmith, a blacksmith who once worked on Golden Sands Outpost, got turned into a skeleton, worked for Captain Flameheart and then left after one of my crews help save Pendragon's crew from Potato Head's plans for bringing back the Ashen Lords. "Was your dalliance with the Siren Queen not all you dreamed it might be?" I came up behind a coral covered rock and began to spy on this court when Davy Jones answers Wanda, "PAH! The Sirens are loyal to me for as long as I can summon precious "daughter". However, they cannot guard my Locker if pirates sail free and interfere without consequence! That is why I sought new orders..." "Jones... Obeys..?" I heard that motherbucking Rathbone the Gold Hoarder asked Uncle Jones with a gravely voice. "Oh-ho? The legendary Davy Jones is now in service to another?" Wanda chuckled at the thought and then asked, "Tell us, who might this fearsome individual be?" "The one hand blaggard who absconded with my heart..." Jones replied, "Now - this Dark Brethren court has formed, and our strength will control the seas once and for all," "What you have promised may have brought our loyalty to the Brethren, not not even Captain Flameheart has been able to conquer the Sea of Thieves," That was the voice of Duke the Dark Lord, formerly a Bilge Rat on the Outposts, was fired because "reasons to do with the fact that he was once in league with Flameheart as his Duke", wonder around the Sea of Thieves until he disappeared days before all of this happened. And I was shock at hearing Duke's voice because before I left for Equestria, Captain Logun of the Keelhauled Podcast, a podcast made for Sea of Thieves news, updates and the like. said early on that Duke was a dark lord and he was not to be trusted at all. Now I'm feeling like that Logun might be right all along. "Why should we expect to succeed?" "Flameheart was blinded by his own rage and obsessed with killing," Jones said, "Control of these waters is not about slaughter of our enemies. It's about what Happens next..." "You're talking about the Ferryman..." Duke said. "Aye, with the power of the Treasure I possess and the full force of the Dark Brethren at my side, we finally have might enough to destroy his vessel," "And you'll be his replacement?" Wanda asked. "I most certainty will, Warsmith," Jones said, "And only those pirates who swear an oath to the Brethren will return from my vessel! We'll command every pirate on the Sea of Thieves... Ah, but that's only the beginning of the Captain's plans... And those who orders will be duly rewarded," "YOU WON'T GET AWAY WITH THIS! YOU AND THAT COD FISH WON'T USE ME!" I heard someone with a small voice yell at the top of their lungs, and it came from Jack's Treasure. "As I promised, God Hoarder. 882 gold coins of immeasurable value... the Aztec Gold of Cortes! Payment in full for your obedience," Jones says. "Cor... tes... Cursed..." Rathbone asked Jones. "Aye, by a treasure bathed in blood," Jones answered then explained, "The Aztecs delivered these coins to Cortes in exchange for their lives, but his conquest continued. Now, any mortal who takes so much as a single coin will be punished for all eternity. You yourself have paid the price for such greed before," "Only to have it bite you in the flank, many times before," I whispered to myself. "Where... is Cap'n..." Rathbone asked Jones, and that name drop surprised me. "That, is not your concern. Once we've secured this world for the Brethren, he'll sail to us," Jones said, "Now, the preparations are complete. It's time to bridge the worlds and take our rightful places as Lords of the Seas!" "BEGIN THE RITUAL!" Rathbone threw a bag of gold and the Brethren disappeared and there was nothing but empty chairs. Myself and my crew came out from hiding and I had a look of shock in my face as I process what I just saw seconds ago. "Rathbone, Wanda AND Duke are part of the Dark Brethren?" I asked myself as I moved around the table. As I was doing so, I saw that the chair that had no one in it had double cigar burns on the map and the left hand arm of the chair had claw-looking marks on it. combine with the voice that I heard from Jack Treasure made me think of the true leader of the Dark Brethren. "AND CAPTAIN HOOK LEADS 'EM?!" TO BE CONTINUED > Chapter 33 Dark Brethren Part 3 and Lords of the Sea > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- "Captain Hook?" Twilight asked me, "From Peter Pan?" "Yes... Wait a minute, how do you know Peter Pan, Sweetie?" I asked my bookworm of a wife. "I use to read it as a foal back in Canterlot. I thought he's a character from a book?" "Now you know how I feel about Jack and Guybrush," I said while rolling my eyes, I looked down at the hallway where Jones might be and ran toward it. "Come on lads!" I yelled to my crew. I saw Davy Jones with Rathbone in a golden magic shield as jones saw me and my crew and began his speech. And let me tell you this for nothing, hearing THE Davy Jones talk and seeing him in the cursed flesh is both exciting and terrifying. "So... pony... you thought to challenge the rule of the Siren Queen, and now you've come to challenge me! Interfering in things you cannot comprehend! Do you not fear death?" Davy Jones chuckles to me and my crew. "I don't fear that dark abyss, Uncle Jones!" I challenge him. "UNCLE?!" Jones asked. "How can a baby horse be related to me?! No matter. You'll soon learn to. A world without the eternal abyss is a world frozen in time. You pirates here hide within your Devil's Shroud, frightened of the truth - that nothing last forever!" "The truth is that without the eternal abyss, the pirate's life can live on forever and, for the record, we can left the safety of the Shroud to fight for our freedom and right to live without be hunted down by those who see us as monsters and enemies of order!" I fire back at Jones, "Here in the Sea of Thieves, we live the way we want to live, free from judgement of others and free from those who exploit us for profit!" "Order will come for us all and will destroy the pirate's life no matter what flag they fly or how different the pirate might be and when it all has crumbled to dust, you will find no trace of glory, no freedom, no love. Nothing to save you from the void. And as you stare into the jaws of oblivion you will crawl aboard my vessel, beg for my salvation, and all I'll say is-" We all hear a rumbling in the walls and Jones yelled; "WHAT IS THAT INFERNAL NOISE?!" And then a shipwreck comes from the wall as Jack says; "That's Captain Infernal Noise to you, mate," "JACK SPARROW! You will not claim your 'prize' a second time!" Jones yelled at Jack as I'm laughing my tail off. "AND WHAT IS SO FUNNY TO YOU, YOU STUPID PONY?!" I somewhat calm down while I having a stupid grin with teeth on my muzzle, "It's nothing, Uncle... It just reminds me of a song," I turn to my Outcasts and say; "Outcasts!" "When the Winged Hussars arrived!" As I said the those memed To Hell and Back words, my Outcasts charged into formation with the flying races above Jones and Rathbone and the grounded ones just behind the cannons. "Gold Hoarder, attack the pony and his friends!" William Hunter Singh: "A cry for help in time of need, await relief from holy league 60 days of siege, outnumbered and weak Sent a message to the sky, wounded soldiers left to die Will they hold the wall or will the city fall Dedication Dedication They're outnumbered 15 to one And the battle's begun Then the winged hussars arrived Coming down the mountainside Then the winged hussars arrived Coming down they turned the tide As the days are passing by and as the dead are piling high No escape and no salvation Trenches to explosive halls are buried deep beneath the walls Plant the charges there and watch the city fear Desperation Desperation It's a desperate race against the mine And a race against time Then the winged hussars arrived Coming down the mountainside Then the winged hussars arrived Coming down they turned the tide Cannonballs are coming down from the sky Davy Jones are you ready to die? We will seek our vengeance eye for an eye You'll be stopped upon the steps of our gate On this field you're only facing our hate But back home Hooky's sealing your fate" As my cannons are firing at the forcefield and my flying Outcasts are giving Uncle Jones a hard time with spear, great axe and trident, I've been dancing, singing and fighting Rathbone while boosting the morale and fighting skills of the crew and show Uncle Jones what we Outcasts of the Abyss are really made of. All the while Jack is parkouring on the shipwrecks and trying to reach Uncle and Rathbone "We remember In September That's the night the Sea of Thieves was freed We made the enemy bleed!" "Then the winged hussars arrived ("Stormclouds, fire and steel Death from above make their enemy kneel") Coming down the mountainside ("Shining armour and wings Death from above, it’s an army of kings") Then the winged hussars arrived ("Stormclouds, fire and steel Death from above make their enemy kneel") Coming down they turned the tide" ("Shining armour and wings Death from above, it’s an army of kings") "Then the winged hussars arrived ("Stormclouds, fire and steel Death from above make their enemy kneel") Coming down the mountainside ("Shining armour and wings Death from above, it’s an army of kings") Then the winged hussars arrived ("Stormclouds, fire and steel Death from above make their enemy kneel") Coming down they turned the tide" ("Shining armour and wings Death from above, it’s an army of kings") "We remember, In September, When the Winged Hussars arrived!" After the song was finished, I looked at where both foes were, but to my surprise, Uncle Jones was gone and Rathbone was in pieces. "Where are they?" I ask myself. "Did we win? This doesn't much feel like winning. and there's no sign of Jones," Jack said feeling the same way, "Also no sign of my Treasure. I have the disheartening sensation that we might not have stopped his little ritual after all," "I only see Rathbone's remains," I said, "But, knowing him, he won't stay dead for long," "Well, at least we have one less member of this 'Dark Brethren' to worry about," "The Flying Dutchman has set sail, and the Dark Brethren follow in it's wake!" Calypso said out of nowhere and jump scaring me, Jack and my friends. "You must return to me!" "I knew that was too easy," Gilda says. "You'd best jump or fly down and find your ship, mate. Let's meet back at Tia Dalma's camp. I got a nasty feeling things are far from over..." Jack says as he fades, leaving us to return to the Santiano and setting sail to Golden Sands Outpost. After a long and sorrowful sail back to Golden Sands, me and my friends trotted to Calypso's camp and waited for Jack to appear and his crew to walk out of the shipwreck building. One by one Jack's crew made it out of the wreck. First was Anamaria, who I haven't seen since Curse of the Black Pearl. Next was Scrum, who was introduce back in On Stranger Tides and came back for Dead Men Tell No Tales or Salazar's Revenge or The Revenge of Salazar if you are outside the USA like Spyro was known as Ripto in Japan. And lastly was the one and only Gibbs, the loyal first mate of Jack's crew of the Black Pearl, who's been with Jack for all the movies. Calypso changed her castaway form into her human form from Dead Men's Chest and At World's End. Now I would be excited to see the Black Pearl's crew in person, but there were more pressing matters at hoof to deal with. "Jack! You're a slightly ethereal sight for sore eyes," Gibbs said as Jack appeared at the other side of the camp fire, "Still, I can't help noticin' a particular trinket is somewhat conspicuous by its absence…" "Aye," Jack nodded, "that's because Jones and his new "friends" still have it. Seems he used it in some sort of ritual before escaping back to the Dutchman. Extremely ungentlemanly behaviour of which I heartily disapprove," Calypso hum's; "With the Treasure's power in him clutches, Davy Jones and his Dark Brethren can move freely between worlds. They plan to sail to the Sea of the Damned just as you did. To take it over and destroy the Ferryman," "And if that happens, only pirates who swear an oath to Jones will be allowed back from the land of the dead," Dad says what I was thinking. "And with that, the pirate's life will end," I said grimly. "But… That means he'd control everythin'. It'd be the end of this place, for sure," Scrum says with fear in his voice. Anamaria spoke up next; "And what are we supposed to do about all this? Jones has a whole fleet now, and we don't even have a ship!" "Well, I for one intend to get my Treasure back," Jack says, "Even if I have to swim for it. Fortuitously, there's a speedier alternative available," Then Jack pointed at me "You, pirate pony! I'm commandeering your vessel and all who sail aboard her for Essential Pirate Business. Besides, you've got as much of a score to settle with Jones as I," "As much as I want to jump up and down like Daffy Duck in happiness," I said while eyeing my friends who were giving me the stink-eye, "I know that Jones destroying my home takes and stopping him is a more pressing matter. "Aye, it may be a lost cause, but if anyone can win a fight for pirates, it'll be Sea of Thieves pirates!" Gibbs says as my pirates yelled a cheer of thanks, "Ah, still… there's a mite bit of ocean to cover and we've only one ship. Where would we start?" "The doorway to the Sea of the Damned was opened from this world, an' now it must be closed the same way. But to find it, we need somethin' special… Somethin' touched by the hand of Davy Jones," Calypso says. Scrum was next; "But we ain't got nothin' what belongs to Jones! Save for the holes in our pockets, that is," "It's not like we have a piece of the Dutchman or anything," Dashie says. "Wrong! I have something! Thought I might use it to open a coconut," Jack says as he pulls out the dagger from the Dutchman and hands it to Calypso which she casts a spell on it and it revealed Uncle Jones location. "I will always find you, Davy Jones!" Calypso says. "Well, that was easy," Pinkie said. "If I'm right about Uncle Jones, he'll won't go down without a fight," I said as I turn to my parents, "Mum, Dad? Rally the Sea of Thieves," "Who do you want to rally?" Dad asked. "How many pirates do we have?" I asked in return. (During the trip to the Davy Jones Cloud) I stood next to the helm of the Santiano, worry and doubt was in my head, that my call to arms for the whole of the Sea of Thieves (Yes, even those who follow Flameheart) was not going to be answered and I sent my parents to run away while their son was fighting the heartless beast that was my nearly-happen-Uncle Davy Jones. "I really hope that we have already lost," I mumbled to myself with doubt in my voice as clear as the sea, "I'd fought to keep the enemies of piracy out of the Sea of Thieves. But with Jones and this 'Dark Brethren', there might be a chance that we will lose this fight," "Do not lose hope, my nephew," Calypso said to me while she was in her god form watching over me, my friends and the Santiano as we sail to Davy Jones, "I know that it may seem lost. You have something that only the Sea of Thieves have. Freedom that nothing and no one can take away from. Look to Jack Sparrow to inspiration," And so I walked up to Jack at the bow of the Santiano while he is looking out at the Davy Jones-looking cloud mumbling to himself. "When I first came here, all that mattered was escaping Jones' wrath. Never occurred to me that this might be a place worth running towards," "That's the alure of the Sea of Thieves," I said, slightly making him jump, "The promise of adventure and fun. The freedom to choose and never knowing what the next horizon will bring. For example, I would honestly never have expected you, Captain Jack Sparrow to come to the Sea of Thieves or anyone from other worlds like yours. It was like a dream come true for me. And I think that's the main beauty of Sea of Thieves, it's like a dream, and we never want to wake up from," "Words spoken like a true pirate," Jack said to my surprise. "You and Gibbs are right. You pirates here are... different. You don't just fight for gold, or power, or glory. You fight for the freedom to choose. And that's a freedom no-one can ever be allowed to take away. And while I haven’t met many of the pirates that sail these seas, I’d say these Outcasts of the Abyss, great name by the way, embodies that belief quite well. Therefore, I’d say you lot are the perfect choice for slicing up ol’ Squidface.” I shed some happy tears from Jack's words. "Thanks Jack. I needed that," "Oh, I see. the sentimental sort, eh? Well, enough of that. We have a war to win - and a sea to save!" "Aye aye, Jack the Sparrow," I laughed and tease him. "Oi, It's CAPTAIN Jack Sparrow," We soon approached the Davy Jones looking cloud, and the tension as really thick in the air as the world around us darkened as we came closer. "Far be it from me to doubt the wisdom of the sea goddess, who is somehow related to you, William, but are we absolutely certain this is the right cloud?" Jack spoke as the waters around us begin to shake, "Frankly, I don't think it looks much like Jones..." "You're too late, Jack Sparrow, and my pony nephew," We hear Davy Jones speak from a seafloor covered spire that was rising from the depths. "Though on reflection, I suppose there is a passing resemblance," Jack quickly corrected himself, "Not to state the obvious, but it appears those watery witches have returned to lend Jones their power..." "And who have we here? Forgotten sailors..." Jones says as ghost ships started to appear around the spire, "Forsaken by the Ferryman and marooned in the Sea of the Damned... They've pledge their allegiance to me, and I've promised them dominion over the world of the living. They will defend the spire until my work is done!" "He always was a persuasive squid? ... READY THE CANNONS!" Jack said and ordered my Outcasts to ready the guns. "MAN THE CANNONS! GET THOSE SAILS ANGLE RIGHT! KEEP THAT POWDER DRY!" Gilda order the crew into action. (Cue Assault on the Coral Spire soundtrack song) I grabbed the helm with my magic and began to steer the Santiano to port away from the spire and my starboard cannons were lining up on the Brethren's ghost ships. "FIRE!" I yelled the order and the cannons fire at the ghost ships. "The pirate life is nothing but a dream from which you soon shall wake!" Davy Jones taunted us as we sail around the spire. "It's as real as you and me, Uncle!" I yelled back. "Creates in the water!" I heard Dashie call from the crow's nest, "Supply creates in the water, starboard side!" "Good call out, Dashie!" I say to her, "Trixie! Get on the harpoons and get those supplies from the sea!" "AYE AYE, WILL!" Trixie yelled and got to the harpoons. "I have ruled the dead before, and I shall do so again," We heard Jones taunt us again. "You'll find the dead don't listen to anyone, even Flameheart!" I barked back at the cloud. "Ghost ships in front of us, Will!" One of the Pegasus yelled out me. "FRONT CANNONS!" I yelled at the front cannons, once they open their potholes, they began to fire on the ghost ships in front of us. "Ha! A perfect shot!" Jack yelled as his shot hit a ship from across the other side of the spire. "Nice shot!" I heard Rares say to Jack. "Thank you, thank you very much," "Remember, we are many, and you are but a few!" Squidbeard taunted us for the third time this battle. "There many more of us than ya think! Jonesy!" I yell back. "In my day, pirates were not so arrogant!" Jones yells at us, "An oversize husk of wood and metal is all that stand between you and the icy depths. Yet you claim mastery over the sea? You've no idea what true terrors lurk beneath the waves..." (Cue The Siren Megaliths soundtrack song) "Either I've still got water in my ears or something very bad is about to make an appearance..." Jack says and then a siren choir begins to sing as four giant siren statues begins to rise from the ocean floor and then makes passable barriers around them. "We'd best keep a safe distance if we want our brains to remain safely inside our skulls," "We have something that can do just that, Jack," I say to him, and then; "MORTAR CREWS! FIRE AT THE STATUES!" "AYE AYE!" The mortar crews answered and proceeded to destroy the statues. "Destroy that statue, and there'll be the devil to pay!" Jonesy said as we destroy four siren statue and that cause my crew to groan. "It's just like Flameheart!" One Dragon groaned. "He just loves hearing his own voice!" One Kirin said in the same tone. "Does he ever shut the duck up!" One Yak said. But Davy Jones laughs at our pain, "Jack Sparrow, Outcasts, do you finally recognise the hopelessness of your predicament?" He says as more statues rise from the below the waves. "Much as I hate to lend credence to old Squidbeard up there, he does have a point," Jack points out the flaw on our side of the battle, "We are becoming significantly outnumbered," "You're right, Jack," I said, much to the shock of the crew, "While the Santiano is the biggest and most powerful ship in the Outcasts, it's still one ship," "Do not lose hope!" Calypso said from the heavens, "Not while the light still shines in the darkness... The Sea of the Damned is a land of memories. Some good. Some bad... Now they're started to creep through into this world. Shall I refresh your memory, Jack Sparrow..." "No need. Lucky for us, I have an excellent sense of recall," Jack said while walking his way up to me, "Just hope I restocked the cannonballs. If we sail together, our ships should be able to destroy the rest of these squalling statues. I hereby relinquish command of your vessel. Oh, and thanks for the bananas," "You mean you are..." I was going to ask, but Jack dived over the side of the Santiano. And then the most glorious thing happened. A ghostly version of the Black Pearl rose from the waves and was sailing behind the Santiano. "YES! MY DREAM HAS COME TRUE!I'M SAILING ALONG SIDE THE BLACK PEARL! HA HA HA HA!" I yelled with the Royal Canterlot voice at the cost of my crews eardrums. "Snap to, you scabrous dogs, Captain on deck!" I heard Jack from the Pearl, giving orders from the pearls ghostly pirates crew. "Mortars! Keep firing on the statues!" I started to give orders to my crew, who are now relived that we have evened the odds, even a little bit, with one of the most renown ships in all of Pop Culture. "Cannoneers! Fire at any and all of those Brethren ghost ships!" Just then the Ocean Crawlers began to board us and cause problems for the gun crews. "Everyone else, Deal with the boarders!" "AYE AYE, WILL!" The crew yells and begins their renewed assault. After sinking several more ships and four more statues, Jones got mad at us. "You cling to life, but you're still not closer to my new realm," Just then, a music box begins to play all around us. "End this madness, Davy Jones!" Calypso cried out to her lover, "Remember who you were," "Calypso...?" Jones says in shock. "This is a new world, Davy Jones. You are bound to no oath upon these waters! The Flying Dutchman need not chain you here. I knew you as a pirate- a man, who was not afraid of him own heart. Out here, that man can live again. Come back to me... Be a part of a family that you wanted. There's a reason why that Pony named; William Hunter Singh is our nephew," "I... No. The point of no return is long since passed," Jones said to Calypso, "We are at war!" "Wars do not end with weapons. They end with words. I call for Parley, Davy Jones!" "Pah... Parley?!" "According to the code set down by Morgan and Bartholomew..." Jack interrupts the Goddess and the Damned Ferryman. "Do you not see, my sweet Calypso? You can't invoke the right of Parley, because - my DEAR - you are not a pirate. You are a monster, as am I," "Then the man I love is truly dead," Calypso says sorrowfully. "And no-one shall be left to mourn his passing," Davy Jones then turns his attention to me and Jack's ships, "Do you see where your courage has led you, Jack Sparrow and William Hunter Singh? You and your friends shall die here, alone!" "Two issues, mate!" Jack called out to him, "One, I happen to already be dead..." (Cue Damned Reinforcements) "And two - CAPTAIN Jack Sparrow, ALICORN PIRATE KING William Hunter Singh and his friends are not alone!" I heard Pendragon's voice from behind me, "The Captains of the Damned have heard you call, Calypso, and are prepared to heed it!" "WE SHALL SAIL TOGETHER!" Just when hope was lost. Sir Arthur Pendragon, Eli Slate and Wild Rose rose from the waves behind the Santiano. "And we shall never bow to tyrants, no matter how powerful they may be!" Eli Slate said from his ship. "'Specially not when they stink like a dead squid. We coming for you, Jones!" Wild Rose yelled out at Jones. "You leave your claw off of our baby brother!" I heard both Lesedi and Demarco from the Sea Dogs Fleet coming in from the east side of the battle. "Leave you cursed hoofs off our gold!" Humphrey the Hoarder said while leading the Gold Hoarders fleet. "You mess with one of us you mess with all of us!" Chef Trader Mollie said while leading the Merchant Alliance fleet. "Your curse is to be purge from this land," I heard Madame Olivia from the Order of Souls fleet. "I hope to taste some of your Ocean Crawlers when were done!" I heard Merry Merrick coming in from the south of the battle with his Hunter's Call fleet. "No-one picks on William other than me! Ya got that, Davy Jones!" CAPTAIN FLAMEHEART and his Reaper's Bones fleets came in from the north. "You will NOT destroy our home!" I heard Mum and Dad while they are leading the Athena's Fortune fleets from the west. “The Sea of Thieves has answered your call to arms, Nephew,” I heard Calypso said to me, “They fight together to save their home. The freedom of the Sea of Thieves is worth putting aside their differences and fighting for the future of the Sea. All twenty million pirates have come to help you,” I looked around and what Calypso said was true. The whole of the Sea of Thieves, all twenty million pirates have come to stop those seek to end OUR way of life. “Form up behind the Santiano!” Pendragon said to the other ships as they followed be my ship. “It’s time to show this Dark Brethren what really means to be a pirate!” “Now is the time, pirates of the Sea of Thieves, to unite! For the foe gather, on the spire, a traitorous cur gathers to him all that is foul. And seeks to destroy our homeland! As the Ancients have fought, so shall we, we will become part of the legend, we will wipe Davy Jones from our door! And only when this is done, when the fighting is over, shall we celebrate our greatest achievement yet! FOR CALYPSO! FOR THE SEA OF THIEVES! FOR THE PIRATE’S LIFE!” I yelled and the entire Sea of Thieves cheered and began their attack on both the siren statues and the ghost ships. Cannons were now flying from our ships and we’re destroying the statues and banishing the ghost ships quicker than more ghost ships can be summoned. “Now’s your chance to reach the spire and destroy the source of Davy Jones’ power!” Calypso said as the last of the statues were now crumbling. “Alright! Dragon Guards come with me and storm the spire!” I said to my Dragons as they were now flying to the top of the spire. When we reached our way to the top, I saw the one person that made my Dragons tried to kill, but it was just a memory from Davy Jones. At least at first. “The Brethren know that they face extinction, all that remains is for them to decide where they make their final stand,” Lord Cutter Beckett said to me when I looked at him, giving me a little fright. “Just a memory from… somewhere?” I asked no one but myself. “Will!” One of my Dragons called out, “Behind us!” As I turn around, a bullet wizzed past my head. “For king and country!” One of the British Royal Marines Phantoms yelled as more of them appeared from all around us. “Defence positions!” I ordered my Dragons. We fought the Phantom Marines and their Captain until they’ve been defeated and the Captain dropped a key that I recognise from anywhere. “The key to the Dead Men’s Chest!” I said in surprise, then I grabbed the key in my magic and took it to the Dead Men’s Chest and unlocked it. “At last, Davy Jones, I know where your heart truly lies!” Calypso said as I opened the chest and then Calypso summoned lightning bolts to destroy the pendant inside the chest. “It’s just good business,” I heard Beckett say before home faded from the battle. “Run! To your ship, before the spire collapse back where it belong!” Calypso says to us. “You heard her! Fly, fly back to the ship!” I ordered my Dragons to fly away back to the Santiano. As I was running away from the spire and dived off the spire and then the spire explodes just as I was doing a Leap of Faith. It sent shockwaves to the non-ghost ships and knocked them around. I dive into the water next the Santiano and made my way back aboard. “Damned though she ma be, the Dutchman is the strongest ship at sea - and she still has her Captain!” Davy Jones said as the Flying Dutchman came out from the depths and began to fire it cannons. “No, it not the strongest at sea, nor the largest one,” I said calmly that made my crew look at me puzzled, “And it’s made by humans,” (Cue that one Sabaton song that everyone knows by heart) As the music plays my horn glows a ghostly green glow and a ghost ship portal opens from the Sea of the Damned and I summoned the Bismarck from my memories. ”From the mist, a ship is taking form And the silence of the sea is about to drift into a storm Sign of power, show of force Raise the anchor battleship plotting its course Pride of a nation a beast made of steel Bismarck in motion king of the ocean He was made to rule the waves across the seven seas To lead the warmachine To rule the waves and lead the Kriegsmarine The terror of the seas The Bismarck and the Kriegsmarine!” ”Two thousand men, and fifty thousand tonnes of steel Set the course for the Atlantic with the allies on their heel Firepower, firefight Battlestations, keep the targets steady in sight Into formation, the hunt has begun Death and damnation, the fleet is coming He was made to rule the waves across the seven seas To lead the warmachine To rule the waves and lead the Kriegsmarine The terror of the seas The Bismarck and the Kriegsmarine!” It scared Jones and the Sea of Thieves because the sheer size of the ship and its cannons. ”At the bottom of the ocean the depths of the abyss They are bound by iron and blood The flagship of the navy the terror of the seas His guns have gone silent at last!” I grabbed my guitar and played the notes from the song as the Santiano m, Bismarck, the company fleets, and the rest of the Sea of Thieves ships fired at the Dutchman. The Dutchman was still sailing, but it was badly damaged by the cannons, “Just a few more!” ”Pride of a nation a beast made of steel Bismarck in motion king of the ocean He was made to rule the waves across the seven seas To lead the warmachine To rule the waves and lead the Kriegsmarine The terror of the seas The Bismarck and the Kriegsmarine To lead the warmachine Rule the waves and lead the Kriegsmarine The terror of the seas Bismarck and the Kriegsmarine To lead the warmachine Rule the waves and lead the Kriegsmarine The terror of the seas Bismarck and the Kriegsmarine!” The Dutchman has finally sunk and Davy Jones is now defeated and the spire was now, and then, a miracle happened. After the Bismarck disappeared back to the Sea of the Damned, the Black Pearl, the REAL Black Pearl, rose from below the waves. “Black Pearl ahoy!” I yelled and steered the Santiano next to it, “Jack! Are you there?” “I’m here mate!” I heard Jack said. “Mister Gibbs, I see you’ve salvaged the Pearl, excellent work,” Jack says as he appeared next to his first mate. All of the Sea of Thieves’ leader pirates are now on board the Pearl and we’re seeing Jack and we’re waiting for our reward. Including Flameheart, which was awkward to see him and NOT be a pain in the Arse. “Aye. Well, it was mostly the doing of the merponies, truth be told. They’re quite marvellous creatures here,” Gibbs told Jack. “Oh. Well then, I’ll take my compliment back. Prepare to make sail, you lazy wretches!” Jack ordered his crew. “Err, if you don’t mind me asking, what happened to Jones? And what about the Treasure we was after? And why’s the Captain still dead?” Scrum ask the obvious questions. Pendragon answered, “Young man, I believe your questions are about to be conclusively answered,” Then a portal from the SotD just opened and out comes The Ferryman, “ Fear not the wrath of Davy Jones. He’s my prisoner, now, and bound to the very vessel he sought to destroy. A fitting fate. With the Dark Brethren scattered and their ambitions at an end, I believe it is now safe to return this Treasure to the hands of one who died defending it," The Ferryman hands the Treasure to Jack and then takes back the Ferryman Cutlass, "I have weighted the worth of a million souls, and yet... I misjudge you, Jack Sparrow, and acted rashly, such was my desire to prevent calamity," The Ferryman looks up to Pendragon, Slate and Wild Rose and George, "You Captains of the Damned have shown great courage, and deserve a second chance... at a Pirate's Life," The Ferryman waved his sword and then Jack, Rose and George was now back to being alive again. "That's better. And all the best bits are in the right places," Jack said. "Well, I've got my ship back, and we've just rescued everyone from certain doom. I'd say that entitles us to public adoration, free refreshments and some grand adventures out and about on this freshly saved Sea of Thieves! Where do we start?" "Remember, Jack..." Calypso reminded Jack, "You made her a promise..." "Hold that thought," I said while flying up above the Pearl, "Calypso... It's tradition to welcome any and all pirates to the Sea of Thieves with a 'Welcome to the Sea of Thieves' party and, while we're at it, we'll do a "We won against the greatest foe to threaten the Sea of Thieves, Davy Jones and the Dark Brethren' party. Do you really want to NOT celebrate the battle or do you want to defile an long and standing pirate tradition like that?" I said all of that with a not ya know kind of tone. "Ha ha ha ha," Calypso laughed a little, "You and your Pony charm and pirate charisma. Alright, Nephew, I will accept this tradition, but only that I can join in the fun," "Yes Great Auntie Calypso," I said with a smile on me muzzle, "And the best news is... EVERYONE is invited to the Grand Pirate Party in the City of Freedom; Libertalia!" everyone cheered, "And, yes, even you Flameheart," For once, I got Flameheart to stutter and be confused at little. "EVERYONE TO LIBERTALIA!" (Cue Santiano by Santiano and Nathan Evens and this time with official lyrics) All of the Sea of Thieves, even Flameheart began to sail our city and I start to sing. William Hunter Singh; "Farwell now my love, send me off with a kiss," Outcast crew; "Heave away, straight ahead, Santiano!" William and Twilight; "The tears are as salty and deep as the sea, but my sailor's heart is keen to go!" Sea of Thieves; "As far the wind in our sails may blow, Heave away, straight ahead, Santiano! Bribe the day and the heavens know, We'll be kings wherever we may go!" Ramsey Singh; "Hoist every bit of sail, bring us to full speed!" Athena's Fortune Pirates; "Heave away, straight ahead, Santiano!" Ramsey Singh and Celestia Singh; "Who knows what our fate may be, but the whole wide is ours to see!" Sea of Thieves; "As far the wind in our sails may blow, Heave away, straight ahead, Santiano! Bribe the day and the heavens know, We'll be kings wherever we may go!" Captain Flameheart; "I'm fine without a roof, and a house of stone!" Reaper's Bones Pirates; "Heave away, straight ahead, Santiano!" Captain Flameheart senior and Junior; "Home for me is the sea we roam, and the roof of stars is mine alone!" I played my violin to play the song of my ship's name sake. Sea of Thieves; "As far the wind in our sails may blow, Heave away, straight ahead, Santiano! Bribe the day and the heavens know, We'll be kings wherever we may go!" Captain Jack Sparrow; "Farwell now my love, send me off with a kiss," Black Pearl Pirates; "Heave away, straight ahead, Santiano!" Captain Jack Sparrow and Calypso; "The tears are as salty and deep as the sea, but my sailor's heart is keen to go!" Sea of Thieves; "As far the wind in our sails may blow, Heave away, straight ahead, Santiano! Bribe the day and the heavens know, We'll be kings wherever we may go!" "As far the wind in our sails may blow, Heave away, straight ahead, Santiano! Bribe the day and the heavens know, We'll be kings wherever we may go!" To be continued! > Chapter 34 Alone Time with Twilight Sparkle (Slight Fat Fetish Warning) > -------------------------------------------------------------------------- "Uhhh, my head," I grumbled as I wake up from the Victory Pirate Party and a massive hangover from said party. I tried to get up, but Twi was still asleep with her forelegs wrapped around my new grog barrel of a belly, hugging it like a plushie, which I must of gained from last night from the party from drinking and eating too much. "Mmm," I heard Twi as I try again to move out of bed, "You stay with me, my big, fat, teddy bear..." I blushed heavily at what Twi mumbled in her sleep and thought that, maybe, my version of Twilight was a fan of chonky ponies like I am right now. "Twi..." I whispered to my favourite pony, "Time for this big, fat teddy bear to get ready for the day," Twi's eyes opened wide and looked at me with a big blush on her face, "Oh... Morning Ted- I mean, Will," She looked so adorkable when she's nervous about her true feelings. "Twilight..." I slowly said, "Do you like big ponies?" I then asked her with a big smile on my face and an equally large blush on my face. "What?!" Twi half whispered and yelled, "What makes you say that? It's not like loving a fat pony is frowned about by most of the ponies of Equestria...?" Twi said and tried to look me in the eye, but her eyes moved down to my Grog Barrel size belly. "Twilight..." I said to her, then her eyes moved up to my eyes, "You shouldn't be afraid of something you love or let others dictate on who you love and what your feelings tell you about yourself," I told her as I grabbed Twilight's hoof, "Tell me, Twilight Sparkle, what do you like in your Special Somepony?" Twilight's point of view I was unsure when Will asked me, looking at him and trying to think of something that wouldn't offend my special stallion... who's now a fat pony with a big grog barrel size belly and thick rump. Just like the ponies I sometimes dream about having an relationship with before I met William Hunter Singh and still dreaming of fat ponies, but the fat pony I was dreaming is now Will instead of a random pony on the street. So I made my choice about my feelings on the subject at hoof. "Will..." I said slowly, "I love fat ponies, or rather, I'm a chubby chaser as my brother teasingly calls it. But my biggest fear is not what other creatures will think of my true feelings... But, with the pony that I love will commit to being a fat pony for the rest of their lives... and I'm not the type to see my partner grow into an immobile blob, if that's what you're asking me 'how fat do I like my stallions', just the way you are right now, Will, is just right amount of fat that I love in a stallion. So my question to you is... Do YOU want to be MY big, fat, and sexy chubby pony, William Hunter Singh?" William's point of view I sat there, looking at my beautiful wife, as she just confirmed that not only she like fat ponies, but also that the fat that I now carry is just right in her eyes. "I DO want to be YOUR chubby pony, Twilight Sparkle Singh," I said to my loving wife. Twilight's eyes sparkled and then she hugged me like a big soft teddy bear, or in this case, a big chubby pony. Got out of bed and then began to sing: Twilight: "Gotta get up, I gotta get goin', I'm gonna see a friend of mine. He's round and he's fuzzy, I love because he's just... William! William Hunter, Looking for fun, chasing a Reaper down. William! Always a wonder, No matter where he goes, always the best in town! Fun never ends for us, we're so adventurous, 'Least every now and again. And when we're alone, and there's nobody home, It's nice to be able to count on a friend like... William! William Hunter, Wherever you go, oh, won't you take me please? William! Live long and plunder, It's me and it's you, My big ol' William Hunter! TO BE CONTINUED